Home

Renaissance Place Software Manual

1. Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following the steps below the program school network administrator school network staff or school administrators can delete personnel When you delete personnel you will be able to choose whether you want to deactivate them or permanently delete them from the database Keep these restrictions in mind as you delete personnel gt The program will not allow you to permanently delete personnel with certain records attached to their name such as an assignment to another school those personnel will be deactivated instead gt You cannot permanently delete a person whose record is already inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to permanently delete an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see Reactivating Personnel on page 79 1 Onthe Home page click Users 77 x School W administrators and staff cannot search for personnel outside of their school School administrators with access to more than one school should use the Change Role option on their Home page to choose their role at the school they want to work with before deleting personnel vie x Ifyou deactivate a W person you can restore him or her See the next section for detailed instructions D Renais
2. 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps Report Customisable Ranking Report 1 Students 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected a Source c Score d Reporting Period Eastbourne School e selec e Layout Group Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea Select Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select gt Ifyou want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics years or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can select one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or click Create New or Edit Selected For more information see page 147 160 x Ifyou need to go back D IZ atany point during this procedure you can click lt Back or click one of the steps on the left side of the page Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports gt To select all the students in a school click Select at the end of the row for the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want gt To select all the studen
3. 4 Click Done when you have finished clearing locks Renaissance Place Software Manual 118 Managing Courses Viewing Courses Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators MI School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 D x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your role at the school you want to work with This is the school that you can view courses for Renaissance Place Software Manual Courses are created for each school in the school network The following sections describe how to view courses add your courses edit course information and delete courses Unlike classes courses stay in your database from one school year to the next They are the program of study that your classes are added to For information on managing the classes that are a part of your courses see Managing Classes on page 124 Since classes are added to courses you need to add courses for each school before you add classes Follow these steps to view a course 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses that have already been added for your school 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list choose the school that has the courses you want to view To select a particular
4. r page Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 5 Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source b Subject Installed Products c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group FE accelerated Maths 3 P rint Confirmation Accelerated Reader E V STAR Early Literacy E amp star maths E star Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt 5 Next you will see that the program has ticked the box next to the subject for each product you chose Since the products only address one subject the tick mark cannot be removed Click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select Subjects up to 5 When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group Print Confirmation Product Accelerated Reader Reading Product STAR Early Literacy Reading Product STAR Reading Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 166 wx For the defi
5. If you need to go back to a previous page use the links in the navigation bar rather than the web browser s Back button which can sometimes give you unexpected results For example if you are on the Edit Existing Users Capabilities page and want to go to the Home page click Home in the navigation bar Welcome to Renaissance Place Switching Roles from the Home Page Switching Roles from the Home Page x You may also see the W Change Role option if you have been given extra capabilities even if you do not have more than one role in your school or school network If you have been granted more capabilities and you do not see the links you need check for the Change Role option from your Home page and choose the role that applies to the task For more about capabilities see page 53 Some people in your school network or school may be assigned more than one role or they may be assigned to more than one school For example a school librarian might also teach reading classes Renaissance Place keeps track of these multiple roles You can switch between roles or schools after you log in or any time while you are using the software People normally change their user types or location in order to perform tasks in the software that are restricted to specific user groups If you are trying to perform a task and finding you do not have access try switching your user type in the drop down list On the Home page select y
6. Table 6 Student Characteristics Code Characteristic Code Characteristic DY Dyslexic LDIF Learning Difficulties EAL English as an Additional Language PD Physical Disabilities FM Free School Meals SE Special Education Needs GT Gifted and Talented Renaissance Place Software Manual 222 Renaissance Place Software Manual Table 7 Ethnicity Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Code Ethnicity Code Ethnicity BA Black African O Other BC Black Caribbean OA Other Asian BD Bangladeshi OB Other Black C Chinese PA Pakistani IN Indian W White M Mixed Table 8 Gender Code Gender M Male F Female U Unassigned a This is the default if gender is not specified Table 9 Student Year Code Year Code Year Code Year N A Not Applicable 4 Year 4 10 Year 10 N Nursery 5 Year 5 11 Year 11 R Reception 6 Year 6 12 Year 12 1 Year 1 T Year 7 13 Year 13 2 Year 2 8 Year 8 None None 3 Year 3 9 Year 9 Although you can import students without years assigned be sure to set a year after you import the students In STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths and STAR Reading years are required in order to test students years are also needed in other Renaissance Place products Years are also required when you add or edit students in Renaissance Place so if you edit a student s information after importing the student you must select a year Refer to
7. 1 In the A ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Log Out Dashboard click 0 the settings button in the School Network upper right corner of the page 2 Inthe settings tick or untick the products as needed Ticked products will be shown in the Dashboard those that are not ticked will not be shown ADMINISTRATOR USER School Netwo ee oY School Network Hiding default panels does not hide e Totals Succes custom panels added to the Dashboard te School year to date Last 3 Accelerated Maths Books Read K Accelerated Reader 5 272 m KeyWords Words Read MathsFacts in a Flash 51 780 777 y tual STAR Learning to Read ptes based on Reading Practice students who Quizzes passed least 85 Open Dashboard on Login 3 When you have finished click X to close the Display settings The Dashboard will only show the panels that you have ticked Renaissance Place Software Manual 202 Renaissance Place Dashboard Opening the Dashboard Automatically When You Log In Opening the Dashboard Automatically When You Log In Renaissance Place Software Manual If you want the Dashboard to open automatically whenever you log in follow these steps 1 Inthe A ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Log Out Dashboard click 0 the settings button in the School Netamai upper right corner of the page 2 Inthe settings tick Open Dashboard on Login ADMINISTRATOR U
8. 10 and 11 The program would therefore consider 10 to be the standard number of items in a row and any rows with more than 10 items or less than 10 items will be ignored during the import The Same File After Preparation SLast SFirst SMiddle SGender SBirthday SID TLast TFirst TMiddle TID Knight Bethany Lynn F 10 01 2003 NNM15K Hendricks Shelley Anne TZP27N Bass Chancellor Herbert M 13 08 2003 HOT80F Nolan Julie Johanna JCZ100 Sharp Aretha Christina F 31 01 2002 GWJ54C Justice Wyatt Kevin MEU82T Johns Holly Olivia F 26 04 2004 MIR71A Talley Jason Humbert LJS85M Ware Kylie Erasmus M 09 03 2004 ZKT47K Wiley Kylan Alan AWA42S Osborn Ila Dierdre F 10 06 2004 ZQV900 Warren Hannah Huntington BLX83T Renaissance Place Software Manual 227 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions xls xlsx or csv File in Excel Before Preparation In this example each row has three types of data student personnel and course class This means that three separate records will be created from each row during the import a student record a personnel record and a course class record additionally the student will be enrolled in the class and the personnel member will be assigned to the class SFirst SLast SBirthday SYear Gender TFirst TLast Gender Course Class Kyra Barrera 04 03 2003 1st F John Cant
9. 11 3 2001 Whichever delimiter you use in a file it is advisable to use the same delimiter throughout the entire file Renaissance Place Software Manual 219 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Headers The first row in your data file should be a header row This row does not have any student personnel or class data in it instead it has codes that identify the data in each column Use the following codes for the information in your data files Table 2 Data Codes Student Data Personnel Data Class Data Student Birthdate SBirthday gt Personnel First Name TFirst gt Class Name or Student Characteristics SCharacteristics gt Personnel Gender TGender Section Number Student Ethnicity SRace gt Personnel Last Name TLast Class Student First Name SFirst gt Personnel Middle Name TMiddle gt Class Subject Student Gender SGender gt Personnel Password TPassword Subject Student Year SYear gt Personnel Position TPosition gt Course Name Course Student ID SID gt Personnel Region ID TRegionID Student Language SLanguage gt Personnel User Name TUserName Student Last Name SLast Student Middle Name SMiddle Student Password SPassword Student Region ID SRegionID Student User Name SUserName vy VY Vow vY vY vV vY vV wy wey In Excel files each header should be in its own cell at the top of the appropriate column In txt or csv files add the delimiters you are usin
10. If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click Next gt gt to go to the next page of results or lt lt Previous to go back Personnel who have more than one assignment will be listed more than once such as Sebastian Boris Yasmin Davis and Jack Green in this list To see their information for a specific assignment click Select in the row for that assignment Renaissance Place Software Manual 64 x You may not see all W the links shown here Your primary position capabilities and the location which the person you chose is assigned to and the status of the person at that location active inactive or un assigned all determine which links are available under the Personnel Task Menu Managing Personnel Adding Additional Personnel 4 Click Select next to the person whose information you want to view The View Personnel page will show you some of the person s information i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel View Personnel View personnel record details Personnel Task Menu Selected Personnel Record Information Edit Personnel Record Information Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record Preferred First Name Edit School Assignments User Name mburns Delete Personnel Record Gender Un assigned Position Head of Department Account Status OK Adding Additional Personnel To add more person
11. Progress from one reporting period to another Customisable Progress Report Ranks Customisable Ranking Report Test average percentage correct Implementation Status Report Test percentage of students at or above 75 average percentage correct Implementation Status Report Accelerated Reader ATOS book level expected range and average actual v gt Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students average ATOS book level only Average percentage correct Lae a a A e Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students only Engaged Time per day vv vV v v v Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students only Fiction percentage of reading Implementation Status Report Independent reading percentage Implementation Status Report Percentage above 85 YY came Sem A Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report Percentage below 85 Implementation Status Report 152 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Rep
12. gt Tochange the year for a group of students see Editing Multiple Students on page 102 Exporting Students Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Using Renaissance Place you can export basic student information For some products you can also export the student quiz test or assignment data This data can be imported into other databases or onto another server running Renaissance Place see Managing Data Imports on page 179 Follow these steps to export student information or performance data 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Export Information on the Personnel and Students page 3 Now choose the level for which you want to export student information gt To export student information for all of the students in a school click Export in the row for that school At the school level the only export type available is the flat file student assessment export for Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths and STAR Reading z f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT SCHOOL NETWORK 195 E P Primary School 19 Export Eastbourne School 190 Export
13. records Search for Personnel First Name m O Last Name School All schools J Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O lt lt Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 5 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results 6 Now follow the instructions for your type of user school network or school below and on the next page School Network Administrators and School Network Staff Renaissance Place Software Manual 1 Click Edit School Assignments on the View Personnel page 2 On the Edit School Assignment page make your changes as needed gt Click Un assign O to Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit School Assignment Edit School Assignment remove the Edit the schools to which the personnel record is assigned person from Schools for Meli
14. specific class Click Export in the row for the student you want to export Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT SCHOOL NETWORK 195 Eastbourne School 190 Export Green Jack z 12 Export Year 3 Maths Y3M Green 2012 2013 12 Export Year 4 Maths Y4M Green 2012 2013 iva Export Represents the number of students the current user is capable of exporting for each location Via one of the student s classes Click Classes on the previous page then click the name of the class You will see a list of all the students in that class click Export in the row for the student you want to export Via the student s year Click Year on the previous page then click the year the student is in You will see a list of all the students in that year click Export in the row for the student you want to export 111 s IZ used extended time limits while taking a STAR Maths test that fact will not be included in flat file exports Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 If any students have Managing Students Exporting Students 4 Now tick the boxes next to the information you want to export Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Select Export Options Select the export files that you want to create Students
15. your software manuals for more information Entering a code that does not appear in this table will cause the Student Year to default to None 223 Table 10 Language Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Code Language Code Language Code Language ARA Arabic GUJ Guajarati SOM Somali BEN Bengali HMG Hmong SPA Spanish CHI Chinese JPN Japanese TAG Tagalog or Filipino CRO Croatian KOR Korean TUR Turkish CZE Czech LAO Lao URD Urdu ENG English MAY Malay VIE Vietnamese FRE French OTH Other WEL Welsh GAE Gaelic POL Polish YOR Yoruba GER German PUN Punjabi YUG Yugoslavian GRC Greek Cypriot RUS Russian GRE Greek SCC Serbo Croatian Table 11 Personnel Position Code Position T Teacher P Head Teacher S Other School Staff Table 12 Course Class Subjects Code Subject ELA English Language Arts ENG English LA Language Arts MATH Maths RDG Reading RE WR Reading Writing SE Special Education WR Writing Renaissance Place Software Manual 224 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions Additional Preparation Instructions For Your Files gt Every row of data in the file must be a single record gt There can only be one header row for a set of records and every header in the row must be unique see Tables 3 5 on page 221 If you have accidentally included more than one header
16. By following these steps you can restore a course that has been accidentally deactivated You cannot restore a course that has been permanently deleted 1 Adda course with exactly the same name as the one that was deactivated see page 21 When you attempt to save the new course the Duplicate Course Found page opens because the new course name matches the deactivated course s name 2 Click Activate on the Duplicate Course Found page 3 You will be asked if you want to activate just the course or the course plus all its associated records Click Only to activate only the course click All Records to activate the course and all of its records 4 Click Continue when the program confirms that the course has been activated Renaissance Place Software Manual 123 Managing Classes Viewing Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 wx Ifyou are a school IZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can view classes for D Renaissance Place Software Manual Unlike courses classes are linked to specific school years so you must add them eve
17. gt Defining Marking Periods page 14 gt Copying Marking Periods from the Previous School Year page 45 gt Viewing Marking Periods page 47 non teaching day A day in which school is not in session such as a holiday or a teacher in service Non teaching days do not include weekends Non teaching days are used in calculations in some reports gt Non Teaching Days page 16 gt Copying Non Teaching Days from the Previous School Year page 48 gt Viewing Non Teaching Days page 49 option Achoice made by a user to change the way the program functions or the kinds of data accessed Each Renaissance Place report has a number of options that can be chosen in order to narrow down the data presented in the report Compare to preference gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 gt Working in a Different School Year page 44 gt Report Descriptions page 149 permanently removed gt Apermanently removed student record is one that has been completely removed from the Renaissance Place database gt Agrace period is built into the software allowing a permanently removed record to be recovered within 30 days of its removal After those 30 days have passed the record cannot be recovered gt Only student records can be permanently removed Compare to deleted erased and inactive deactivated gt Editing Multiple Students page 102 gt Recovering Student Records page 105 pref
18. gt Ifyou are unable to determine the cause of a data consolidation failure in Renaissance Place contact Renaissance Learning Technical Support by email at support renlearn co uk 142 Reconsolidation Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Consolidating Data Reconsolidation If the most recent scheduled consolidation fails for one or more applications you can try to reconsolidate the data 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports Click View Logs on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page Click View Summary at the end of the row for a product where consolidation has failed On the Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product page click Reconsolidate at the bottom of the page Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt View Log Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product Log Date Time 14 1 2008 11 46 AM Consolidation Start Time 11 46 AM Duration 00 00 12 Product Summary tion 14 1 2008 11 46 32 AM JE accelerated Maths W Consolidation complete View Details 14 1 2008 11 46 34 AM J accelerated Reader W Consolidation complete View Details 14 1 2008 11 46 31 AM A Renaissance Place 2 consolidation complete potential problem
19. 0 ce cece cece eee eect eee e eee e eee neeneee 215 How do I print students user names and passwords see eee e ee eee eee e ees 215 How do I print personnel user names 0 eee eee eee eee nee ene e cnet tens 215 How do I give users the ability to do tasks in the software that they do not have links for right NOW 0 1 eee cece terete eee teen ete e neta eee a E a 216 Which capability must be assigned to allow teachers to enrol students in classes 216 How do I make a class available in a specific product such as Accelerated Redder sedere eana Wek Pecks walle wok ed ok steed Sa ea ae ala a oe 216 How do keep students from taking Accelerated Reader quizzes or STAR tests at ROME aesa eee tat Ras daw LS a LOA anal awa eed aed aa ee abies Se 216 Can export data from Renaissance Place to use with other programs or for CUSLOMMCPOMS monr cde Rica a theses he eons E E NONAS 217 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import 218 Fil Struct re sali s ae 2d erased cake Talat add dates E EE a a a ated ceded at 219 Delimiters 3 03 64 nene ak Ween SEAGER CRD READERS ORO ADT EIT 219 EEEE EN AN E EN AEN EE Male die agai eelsohie geale Ba eed GMO 220 Data Specification Tables s 0 4 04 0 sacked sviaed ahold E aa dd a aledoedehee sacs 221 Additional Preparation Instructions 00 c cece cece eee teen eee eens 225 For Your Files osae fa cc ok hea ee a Mis ods Bag Cee ees Ea bbw ed Heb be Ge
20. 7 To save your reporting period and add another reporting period click Save and Add and enter the information for the next reporting period To save just this reporting period without adding more click Save Your reporting periods will be available for reports the next time data is consolidated To find out when this will happen click Home then click Consolidated Reports under Dashboards and Reporting to see the Data Consolidation Status 18 Adding Personnel Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school use the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 wx Ifthe person s name matches the name of other personnel in the database you will be notified Ifyou are a school network RP administrator or school network staff member you will have the chance to r gt Add another person with the same name by clicking Add Personnel gt Activate a previously deleted matching personnel record instead of adding a new one by clicking Activate gt Cancel if the new personnel record is a duplicate of an
21. All Students for Green Jack Export student information only Accelerated Maths E Accelerated Reader MathsFacts in a Flash STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths STAR Reading Accelerated Reader RP Detail STAR Early Literacy Assessment Detail STAR Maths Assessment Detail STAR Reading Assessment Detail Cancel Next gt Renaissance Place export files are intended to be imported into another Renaissance Place database Ticking the Export student information only box will limit the export to students personal information such as name gender ethnicity etc Ticking any of the product boxes will export the students quiz test records for the chosen product If any of the product boxes are chosen the students personal information will also be included in the export regardless of 112 whether the Export student information only box is ticked No matter how many boxes you tick in this section you will receive one file that includes all the selected Renaissance Place information for the students Flat file student assessment export files are comma delimited files that you can open using a spreadsheet program They include the quiz or test data from the products you select You will get a separate file for each program you select W Place exports you will receive one file For flat file exports you will see aseparate file foreach product
22. Cancel Days link you can click it to copy non teaching days from the previous school year This link is not available if there are no non teaching days to copy or you have already copied them Add Edit Non Teaching Days School 2 Schools Name Start Date al al 4 4 End Date Add or edit non teaching days for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 01 08 2013 31 07 2014 O Non Teaching Days from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted There are currently no non teaching days created for this school year Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Non Teaching Days 16 Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Non Teaching Days To add a non teaching day enter the name start date and end date in the blank fields or click the calendar buttons to select the dates Then click Add As you do this the non teaching days will be added to the list at the bottom of the page To change a non teaching day you have added click Edit for that non teaching day The non teaching day will appear in the fields at the top of the page so you can make changes and the Add button will change to Update Click Update when you have finished your changes The button will change back to Add To delete a non teaching day click Delete for that non teaching day To re sort the list by start date
23. Click Merge Candidates see page 88 if you want to merge the students gt Ifthe recovered student and another student both have the same user name asa result of reuse the recovered student will be given a new user 105 Managing Students Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes name which you can change if you wish by editing the student s information see page 95 5 To search for more students click Search and go back to step 3 When you have finished recovering student records click Done Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 d Renaissance Place Real Time Follow these steps to enrol one student in or un enrol one student from one or more classes If you need to change more than one of the students enrolled in a class see Adding or Removing Students in Classes on page 134 Keep these restrictions in mind gt Students who do not have a school assigned cannot be enrolled in classes You must assign the student to a school before enrolling him or her in a class see page 92 gt School personnel can only search for students in their own school They cannot change class enrolment for students outside of their school If you are a school administrator and you are assigned to more than one
24. Click Schedule Consolidation on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 3 Enter the date when you want the next consolidation to happen or click the calendar button and click a date in the calendar that opens Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Schedule Data Consolidation Schedule Data Consolidation consolidation parameters Set the data Next Consolidation Date 13 02 2008 Next Consolidation Time 2 00 m Am Daily v O gt Recurrence E Be 4 Use the Next Consolidation Date field and Next Consolidation Time drop down lists to choose the time of the next consolidation 5 Click the Recurrence drop down list to choose whether consolidation should be repeated every day week or month or not at all 6 Click Save 141 Consolidating Data Viewing the Consolidation Log Viewing the Consolidation Log Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view a log of previous data consolidations Consolidation gathers data from all registered Renaissance Place products on the server This data is used on Consolidated reports see page 149 until the next consolidation The log can show you when the consolidation was done
25. Compare to inactive deactivated and permanently removed Renaissance Place Software Manual 230 Glossary Term Definition Related Information enrolment See class enrolment and school enrolment enterprise A type of licence model The enterprise model provides access to all content and includes enhanced features for some products The enterprise model is not available for all products erased See deleted erased export file A data file that has been exported from one gt Importing Student Information from a program so that it can be imported into Renaissance Place Export File page 179 Renaissance Place gt Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files page 182 inactive gt Aninactive record is stillin the Renaissance Deleting or Deactivating Personnel deactivated Place database but is normally not used page 77 by the program gt Deleting Students page 114 gt Attempting to delete a record that has gt Deleting Courses page 122 certain types of data associated withitmay Deleting Classes page 139 cause the record to become inactive gt Reactivating Personnel page 79 instead gt Reactivating Students page 116 gt An inactive record can be reactivated restored gt Some Renaissance Place search functions allow the inclusion of inactive records this can be helpful if you need to reactivate a record but cannot remember all of the details in it gt Records for p
26. El German Russian other Gujarati Serbo Croatian None Specified E Greek E somali Characteristics select all O deselect all A Dyslexic E Gifted And Talented Special Educational Needs Include students with English as Additional Language EAL Learning Difficulties Transfer Student Any E Free School Meals m Physical Disabilities E None Specified 5 All selected characteristics ees CH Nursery Year 5 Year 11 a i L Reception E years E year 12 Year 1 Year 7 Year 13 Year 2 Year 8 13 Year 3 E Year9 E None UJ Year 4 E Year 10 To change or delete a reporting parameter group that already exists choose it from the Edit an Existing Reporting Parameter Group drop down list The Delete button will appear after you choose a group Enter a name for the group Enter an Enrol Date if you want to limit the report to students who were enrolled in the school before that date To select ethnicities genders or languages to include in the reports tick the box next to each group you want to include This information can be specified for each student as you add the student to the database see page 20 To select the students to include based on their characteristics tick the box next to each one that you want to include Then click one of the options to the left to decide if you want to include students with any of the ticked characteristics or just those with all of the ticked characteristic
27. Follow these steps to change the security settings 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Set Security Options for Students under Access and Security on the Product Administration page The Set Security Options for Students page opens If you want to limit which computers students can use to log in to Renaissance Place use the Restrict Student Workstations settings Restrictions are set using the IP address that identifies each computer accessing the server you identify the addresses or ranges of computers where students should be able to use Renaissance Place software Just above the field for entering the IP addresses a message will show you the IP address of the computer you are using now If it is not in the list you will see an Add to list button on the next page click it to add this computer to the list of those that students can use to access Renaissance Place If this computer s IP address is already in the list the message will tell you that 211 Renaissance Place Software Manual Access and Security Security Options for Students Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Set Security Options for Students and Parents Set Security Options for Students and Parents Enter IP addresses to only allow student access at these specific computers Leave blank for unrestricted access The IP address of this computer as seen by Renaissance Place Restrict
28. Martin Harvey J 05 05 2006 Grant Y3 Grant Edward Bell Claire 9 06 02 2006 Grant Y3 Grant Edward Sinclair Jasmine a 11 11 2005 Grant Y3 Grant Edward X Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows and may not include all fields to be imported use the back button to review all fields selected for import Save and Exit lt Back Next gt The primary criteria for determining a match are chosen here either First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name or Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Note that Student IDs cannot be used as matching criteria if the records being imported don t have them if necessary tick the appropriate boxes to have the students year Same Year and or school enrolment Same School Enrolment taken into account when determining a match Note that school year is taken into account if the Same Year option is chosen Example If the current school year is 2013 2014 and you are importing John Robert Smith who was in year 3 during the 2011 2012 school year into a school where there is another John Robert Smith who in the current school year is in year 5 they would be considered a match The assumption is that in the two years from 2011 to 2013 the John Robert Smith whose record is being imported would have advanced two years moving him from year 3 to year 5 Renaissance Place Software Manual 191 Tick Create a new student if the student being im
29. Student Records on page 88 19 Click Done to finish the import 195 Import Details Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Click Details at the bottom of the Import Status page see H on the previous page to open the Import Details page shown below where you can see more information about the import Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Details Import File Uploaded by CSV Import csv ADMINISTRATOR USER ADMINISTRATOR USER S Enrolment school Import data Cameron School Students Match On First Middle and Last Name Only match if also Same Year No Only match if also Same School Enrolment Yes Create a new student if no match found Yes Update any existing student with the information being imported No New students imported 11 Personnel Match On First Middle and Last Name Create a new personnel record if no match found Yes Update any existing personnel with the information being twork 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Status Import completed imported No New personnel imported 1 Classes New classes imported 1 Student enrolments New student enrolments 0 Teachers assigned to classes New teachers assigned to classes 1 Import Log Show The second column provides more information about what happened during the import Messages will have a number after them showi
30. answers to frequently asked questions For further assistance please see Need More Help on page 10 Issues have added my classes but cannot see them in the reports Assignment Books or Record Books for my products and when students log in they see a message saying they are not enrolled The classes may not have a primary teacher or products assigned in lt x lfteachers and A products are Renaissance Place assigned check the z are school year dates in the top View the class information to make sure a primary teacher is listed and right corner of the page after products are selected see page 124 If any of this information is missing click your name to make sure you the class name to edit the class and select a primary teacher and the products are working in the correct school year that the class will use If the classes already have primary teachers you can select the products for all classes in a course by following the steps on page 129 Some students are seeing messages that say their accounts are locked when they try to log in or personnel are seeing messages about invalid user names and passwords This happens when a person tries to log in too many times with an incorrect password To set the number of incorrect logins allowed see page 210 To unlock accounts see the steps for the type of user gt For personnel see page 80 gt For students see page 117 When I log in to Renaiss
31. click Start Date To sort by name again click Name If you are setting non teaching days for multiple schools click the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Non Teaching Days Add Edit Non Teaching Days Ad d or edit non teaching days for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 ae School 2 Schools Name O Start Date Pay End Date Ezi 0 non teaching days by Name Start Date End Date Action 2 Schools Autumn Holiday 29 10 2012 04 11 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Christmas Holiday 24 12 2012 04 01 2013 Edit Delete O Schools February Holiday 18 02 2013 22 02 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools May Holiday 27 05 2013 31 05 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Spring Holiday 29 03 2013 12 04 2013 Edit Delete See 6 When you have finished defining non teaching days click Save 17 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Place cannot consolidate data for reports until you add the reporting periods that wil
32. existing one Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Personnel Follow these steps to add the personnel who will use the software including school network administrators school network staff school administrators school staff and teachers If you can export personnel information from other software you may be able to import personnel instead of adding them one by one For more information see page 179 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Ifyou are the program school network administrator or a school network staff member gt Click Add School Network Personnel if you are adding personnel from the school network gt Click Add School Personnel if you are adding personnel for a school If you are a school administrator click Add Personnel 3 Enter the information for the person you are adding Information marked with an asterisk is required other information is not First and last names are limited to 35 characters Home gt Personnel and Students gt Add Personnel Add Personnel Enter the personnel record information Personal Information Required Field Title None First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name User Name O Will be autogenerated if not entered Password three or more characters including at least one number Confirm Password School School2 Personnel Region ID Primary Position Class Teacher Lead O v Gender Un assigne
33. locked accounts 80 login settings 65 password 65 reactivating 79 resetting password 67 retrieving forgotten user names 68 school assignments editing 74 school network assignments editing 76 settings 65 unlocking accounts 80 81 viewing 64 Pop ups 27 Primary teacher 232 assigning to class 22 Printing reports 155 Products assigning to classes 129 Promoting students 109 R Reactivating classes 140 Reactivating courses 123 Reactivating personnel 79 Reactivating students 116 Reconsolidating data 143 Recovering student records 105 Renaissance Place address 28 Renaissance Place Dashboard data 200 opening 200 Renaissance Place downloads 29 Renaissance Place Home page 3 Renaissance Place ID 28 Renaissance Place Software Manual T Renaissance Place Tips for Consolidated Reports and the Dashboard 7 for Getting Started 7 Renaissance Responder software downloading 28 Renaissance U 3 Reporting parameter groups 147 Reporting periods adding 18 deleting 145 editing 144 Reports 144 149 blocked based on characteristics or ethnicity 149 cannot print error messages 178 choosing 151 Customisable Progress 149 155 Customisable Ranking 150 160 Customisable Status 150 165 How to Read a Maths Implementation Report 7 How to Read a Reading Implementation Report 7 Implementation Progress Maths or Reading 150 169 Implementation Status Maths or Reading 151 172 printing 155 reporting
34. which products were consolidated and whether the software encountered any errors 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click View Logs on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 3 The View Logs page will list each consolidation The page includes these symbols Symbol Status Action p Normal consolidation in None required Green Progress D Consolidation problem Click View Summary or View Details Yellow consolidation continues to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support if necessary Consolidation failure Click View Summary or View Details Red consolidation continues to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support a Normal consolidation is None required Blue complete 2 Consolidation is complete Click View Summary or View Details Yellow but with possible problems to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support if necessary rs Consolidation failure Click View Summary or View Details Red to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support gt To see more information about a specific consolidation click View Summary in the row for that consolidation gt The Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product page shows you the status of consolidation for each product If you would like more information for a product click View Details to go to the View Product Details page
35. 2013 31 December 2012 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Product Accelerated Reader Subject Reading Score Category Average Percent Correct v Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Est Reading Age 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 S Spring 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Cancel lt Back Next gt 162 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 8 On the next page use the Layout Position drop down lists to choose the column order for the products you have chosen to include Then click Reorder Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Layout and Group Rank Options Reporting Steps Report Customisable Ranking Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group Columns of Reporting Data ayo Position 3 Print Confirmation Subject Maths Accelerated Maths Score Category Percent Correct Test Column 1 E o Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Accelerated Reader Score Category Average Percent Correct Column 2 E Reporting Period Spring 20
36. Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or Implementation Status results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and School to Home optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions B i ADOBE READER 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps Report Implementation Progress Report 1 Students 7 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Defautt m OR Create New or Edit Selected a Subject c Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Eastbourne School selec Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea CD Select Q Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select 169 x Sample report On the IZ left side of most pages in this procedure you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample click the report D gt x Ifyou need to go back IZ atany point during this procedure you can click lt Back or click one of the steps on the left side of the page r Renaissance
37. Add or remove additional teachers and set their access to products School Eastbourne School Course Year 5 Maths Course Details Class Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Primary Search for Personnel First Name E Last Name Scott Christina Team Remove Thompson Liam Team remove Bold Not Saved Allen Henry Head Teacher Assign Baker Elle Class Teacher Lead Assign Accelerated Maths Boris Sebastian Class Teacher Lead Assign V Morgan Chelsea Lead Channing Elise Class Teacher Lead Assign E scott Christina Lead Davis Yasmin Class Teacher Lead Assign Thompson Liam Green Jack Class Teacher Lead Assign Harrison Owen Class Teacher Lead Assign STAR Maths Hughes Hollie Class Teacher Lead Assign V Morgan Chelsea Lead James Michael Class Teacher Lead Assign Q Scott Christina Lead Morgan Chelsea Class Teacher Lead Assign Parker Kieran Head Teacher Assign Y iThompson Liam Lead 0 Parker Leo Class Teacher Lead Assign Scott Christina Class Teacher Lead Assign nea Smith Rupert Class Teacher Lead Assign Continue 7 Renaissance Place Software Manual If you need to remove team teachers click Remove next to the teacher in the Teachers table You cannot remove the primary teacher from a class If you need to change the primary teacher edit the class see page 131 138 r J7 the Edit Class page but you made changes
38. Dashboard The sidebar menu allows you to choose options Click the information button for detailed explanations of the metrics If you would like to print the chart click and choose Print chart This option is not available on some tablet devices Click Add Chart to add the chart you have customised to the Dashboard Add Chart QO Accelerated Reader 85 or Above Success Index O Metric O School Network Last 30 days Summary 50 75 100 A s Accelerated Reader Nursery ox Success Index Reception 0 85 or Above Year 0 Timeframe 9 5 OaE D e CEE Last week ear ee 20 This week ee ee 5 O Group vero 272 School Network Year 7 o years 0 View By year 11 o Summary Schools Year 12 0 O ears Year 13 ox Ethnicity Free School Meals Gender English Proficiency Students with Difficulties Renaissance Place Software Manual Once you have created one of these specialised views you can save it as a window on your Dashboard home page so that it will be visible to you every time you return to the Dashboard For an example see the next page For custom panels that you have added to the Dashboard you can gt Click Q to change view options then click Update Chart to save your changes gt Click x to remove the panel from your Dashboard These options are not available for the standard panels on the Dashboard For more information about using Dashboard click Help
39. F8 171 Implementation Status Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators MI School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports The Implementation Status Report shows how students in a group did in Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Maths in selected reporting periods It also ranks scores from highest to lowest To choose the options for the report and generate it follow these steps 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click Implementation Status Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Customisable Progress Customisable Ranking Customisable Status Implementation Progress Implementation Status School to Home Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report Summarises student achievement on up to three as
40. For Renaissance you selected Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Exporting Students 5 Click Next gt 6 Ifyou chose a flat file export enter the start and end dates for the range of data you would like to export Type the dates in the blank Export Start Date Export End Date fields or click the calendar button next to each blank field and click the date in the calendar that opens After entering the dates click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Assessment Detail Export Options Students All Students for Green Jack Renaissance Place Export None Diagnostic Export None Flat File Student Assessment Export STAR Early Literacy Assessment Detail Export Start Date Export End Date 7 The program will generate the export file s you selected As each file is created click Download to save the file to the location you choose 8 Click Done after you have downloaded the files 113 Deleting Students Who Can Do This IVI School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators LI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Managing Students Deleting Students Follow the steps below to delete students You can choose whether you want to permanently delete the students from the database or just deactivate the student records Note
41. Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 5 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results 6 Click Edit Personnel Record Information on the View Personnel page 70 x Ifyou edit the person s W name and the new name matches the name of other personnel in the database you will be notified If you are a school network administrator or staff member you will have the chance to gt Keep the new name creating a new record with the same name as the existing record by clicking Add Personnel gt Activate a previously deleted matching personnel record by clicking Activate gt Cancel without keeping your changes Managing Personnel Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members 7 Make your changes to the person s record When you have finished click Save Renaissance Place Real Time Edit Personnel nal Ir Password Confirm Password Personnel Region ID Primary Position Gender Cancel Save Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit Personnel Enter the personnel record information issa Burns at Renaissance Academy ed Field Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name Burns User Name mburns will be autogenerated if not entered Head of Department E v Un assigned Q User must change pass
42. Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports gt Ifyou wantto limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics years or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can select one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or click Create New or Edit Selected For more information see page 147 gt To select all the students in a school click Select in the row for the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want gt To select all the students in a single class taught by a specific teacher click the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt Toselect all the students in a class click Classes and then click Select at the end of a row for a class 4 Click the subject you want If you choose Maths the report will include Accelerated Maths data if you choose Reading it will include Accelerated Reader data Click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select 1 Subject When a pr
43. Ranking Renaissance Place Real Time Beatrice Thomp chool Network 2012 2013 Home gt Reports Manuals Help Log Out Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments Customisable Progress administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report O iomisable Rankin Summarises student achievement on up to three assessments sorting the e ing results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achievement for up to five products subjects score categories Customisable Status and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated Implementation Progress Maths or Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or Implementation Status results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and School to Home optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions Get ADOBE READER
44. School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading 5 Inthe search results the Class Enrolment tab shows the classes that each student is enrolled in including the course name class name teachers and the products selected for each class If you want to print this information click Print Page If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place Software Manual 108 Managing Students Promoting Students Promoting Students D IZ year after you have added the student the program adjusts the student s year in all the other school years past current and future If you edit a student s In Renaissance Place you do not need to manually promote students to the next year at the start of a new school year When you add a student to the database you should assign a year to the student In each of the subsequent school years the program increases the student s year by one until he or she reaches year 13 Even though you do not need to promote your students every year you can change the year for one or more students gt To change one student s year see Editing Students Information on page 95
45. Score SS 3 Print Confirmation STAR Maths Reporting Period Fall 2012 Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading E Score Category Est Reading Age STAR Reading Reporting Period Fall 2012 Reporting Period Spring 2013 Median middle number Print Report Options Print selected report options on the report 10 When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press F8 159 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Customisable Ranking Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff VI School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customisable Ranking Report shows how students in each group performed in selected products or sources in the reporting periods you select It also ranks scores from highest to lowest or lowest to highest Follow these steps to choose the options for the report and print the report 1 Onthe Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click Customisable
46. Steps Report 1 Students Students 2 Report Options a Subject b Reporting Period c Grouping Print Confirmation Next gt w Maths Reporting Period Spring 2013 Group by School not grouped 1 Then list Years Cancel lt Back Next gt Implementation Progress Report All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default 7 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Click View Report to generate the report Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data Reporting Steps Report 1 Students Students 2 Report Options a Subject Group by b Reporting Period e Grouping Reporting Data 3 Print Confirmation Maths Reporting Period Spring 2013 Print Report Options Implementation Progress Report All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default School then list Year Print selected report options on the report If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print 8 When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press
47. Student cece eee e 98 Managing the Characteristics Available in a School 0 eee e eee eee eens 99 Adding Student Characteristics 0 cece cece eect e renee nent n nent ee enees 99 Editing Student Characteristics 0 ieee eect nent teen een en ene 100 Deleting Student Characteristics 00 eect n een n een en nes 102 Editing Multiple Students 0 ccc ccc cece eee nee nee een e teens eneee 102 Recovering Student Records cece cece cece eee eee e ene e ee neeneee 105 Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes 0 cece eee eee eee eens 106 Viewing Students Class Enrolment 0 ec cece eee ence teen e nen eens 108 Promoting Students isis i sed re A E ee R E eae ELIE ee 109 Exporting Student s erae eee ae Se bee dale bevel ea AE a Ne eee ARANON EAREN 109 Deleting Students 0 ccc cece cece E EEEE e eee E e EE a 114 Reactivating Students cc cece cece eee cece eee e nee e ene eee enee eens 116 Unlocking Student Accounts cece cece ence nee een ee errenten 117 Renaissance Place Software Manual iii Contents Managing Courses sssssseseoesesesosseseses o 119 Viewing COUPES 4 30 08 eene whos AEE S A EEE aad E E abe A ET 119 Adding More Coursesiisacieteis fils tiot rie EN AE EE 344 ded dates ve a a 120 Importing Courses into the Database cece ccc cece eee eee eees 120 Editing COUNS S senpuna paria ae Hoes EE ae do
48. Student Characteristic page Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Manage Student Characteristics gt Edit Student Characteristic Edit Student Characteristic Edit an existing student characteristic School All Schools Name Transfer Student O Dyslexic English as Additional Language EAL Free School Meals Gifted And Talented Learning Difficulties Physical Disabilities Special Educational Needs Transfer Student 5 Click Save to save your changes to the name and to see your changes in the list to the right 6 Click Done to leave this page Renaissance Place Software Manual 101 Managing Students Editing Multiple Students Deleting Student Characteristics Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 On the Manage Student Characteristics page you will see the characteristics for the school you select r You can delete a custom student characteristic one that you have added However you cannot delete standard characteristics that are in the list when
49. This A assign personnel to the school network or remove an assignment to the school School Network Sots Administrators network Assigning a person to the school network does not change any school School Network Staff assignments that person might have School Administrators School Staff You cannot assign a person to the school network if that person s record is inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to assign an inactive Learn more about capabilities i on page 53 person to the school network you must activate the person s record first see page 79 Teachers 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields on the next page If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of You can also select a school to search in Renaissance Place Software Manual 76 Managing Personnel Deleting or Deactivating Personnel Click Search i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Select Personnel Record Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to vie
50. When this happens the reports will be available again Report cannot be generated until one or more required products are registered The Implementation Reports cannot be generated unless Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Maths is registered Renaissance Place Software Manual Implementation Progress and Implementation Status Accelerated Reader and or Accelerated Maths must be registered Contact Renaissance Learning if you need products registered Note By default school network staff do not have the ability to run Consolidated Reports but they can be granted the School Network Reports capability so that they can see the reports For more on capabilities see page 53 178 Managing Data Imports Your school or school network may have a database with student personnel and or class information in it Certain kinds of data files can be imported into Renaissance Place the import methods differ based on the file types File Source Description Import Method Student information exported from Renaissance Place xmldata See Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File below Plain text txt files created with a plain text editor See Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files on page 182 Comma separated value csv files gt Created with a plain text editor gt Created with Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel spreadsheets gt
51. any page in the program This is important because classes may be different for each school year If you are not working in the school year during which the class takes place see the instructions on page 44 to change to that school year Follow these steps to edit class information 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with 1 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School mO Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Classes Add Class a Reading oo Delete Course Add Class irg Math De EG rem i Delete Course Add Class G ee Reading 2 o Eit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Maths Assign Products 3 Classes MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 0 Edit Courses Delete Course Add Class geina Reading aae Class Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths O 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 3 Click the name of the course that has the class 131 Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 Rena Home gt Year 5 Maths View course information and classes School Course Details Add Clas Managing Classes Editing Classes On the course page find the class on one of the tabs Complete Classes or Inc
52. any school School personnel can only merge student records for their own school School Network Level Export student information at all levels Y Student Export and for any student at any school or import School Network Level students into any school Student Import School Level Student Export student groups within a specific 5 Y Export and School Level school or import students into a Student Import school Teacher Level Student Export students of a specific teacher or vA Export and Teacher import students into classes for a Level Student Import specific teacher Class Work Manage Classroom Manage student assignments targets vA vA Y Activities scores and class reports including Record and Assignment Books School Level Access Access all classes in all Renaissance VA vA va VA Place products View Classroom View class work such as student VA VA VA assignments targets and scores including Record and Assignment Books Reports School Network Reports View reports for all levels school vA network schools teachers classes or students v available can be added unavailable Renaissance Place Software Manual 61 Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Renaissance Place Software Manual 62 School School Teacher Network Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin
53. assigned see page 124 If you need to change the primary teacher or products edit the class see page 131 You can also assign products to all classes in a course see page 129 How do I keep students from taking Accelerated Reader quizzes or STAR tests at home You can set up IP restrictions to limit this type of student work to the computers at your school For more information see Security Options for Students on page 211 These restrictions will prevent students from doing school work from home in any of the Renaissance Place products However IP restrictions will not prevent students from working in Renaissance Home Connect if it is available to your school Students will still be able to use Renaissance Home Connect to view the results of their past work in Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader and MathsFacts in a Flash They may also be able to mark Accelerated Maths practices and exercises at home if the class preferences allow this and they can do home practice of their Renaissance Place Software Manual 216 Troubleshooting and FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs MathsFacts in a Flash levels For more information about Renaissance Home Connect on the Home page click Renaissance Home Connect then What Is Renaissance Home Connect Can export data from Renaissance Place to use with other programs or for custom reports Yes you can do this by creating a flat file export For more information see Expor
54. browser toolbar or choosing a print command from the File menu instead of clicking the Adobe Reader print button just above the report If you are using Adobe Reader X or XI and you do not see the Adobe Reader toolbar with the print icon the toolbar might be hidden for more information about how to see the toolbar go to http support renlearn com techkb techkb 6075229e asp My administrator has given me extra capabilities or links but do not see the links for the tasks in the software Renaissance Place Software Manual When you are given extra capabilities that are not normally available for people with your position you may see a drop down list on the Home page If you have this drop down list try choosing a different role then look for the links again A School or School Network role typically gives you more links than the Teacher role For more information about the drop down list see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 214 Troubleshooting and FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Students who are working in the software see messages about another window or popup blocking software Popup blocking software sometimes prevents Accelerated Reader quizzes MathsFacts in a Flash practices and tests and STAR tests from loading properly When this happens students may see messages telling them gt to return to another window even though one is not available or gt that popup blocking software may ha
55. by clicking Add for that school gt Activate a previously deleted matching student instead of adding a new one by clicking Activate gt Cancel if the new student record is a duplicate of an existing one Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Students 4 Ifyou want to add more personnel click Save and Add and repeat step 3 to add the next person If you want to add only this person click Save Follow these steps to add the students who will use the software If you can export student information from other software you may be able to import students instead of adding them one by one for more information see page 179 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Add Student on the Personnel and Students page 3 Enter the student s information on the Add Student page Information marked with an asterisk is required First and last names are limited to 35 characters Home gt Personnel and Students gt Add Student Add Student Enter the student information Personal Information Required Field First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name User Name A Password Will be autogenerated if not entered two or more characters Confirm Password School School2 v O ID Will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Un assigned Y Year None Unique Pupil Number 0 Date of Birth Start Date CE Ethnicity Required for Reception Baseline A
56. change capabilities for a person whose record is inactive When a record is inactive you will see Inactive next to the person s name in any search results If you want to change capabilities for an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 79 On the Home page click Users N Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields on the next page If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network administrators can also select a school to search in Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Select Personnel Record Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name m A Last Name School All schools v Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select O Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Sele
57. choose from gt Select up to three reporting periods gt Select the column order by source gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position gt Choose how to sort data gt Choose whether to show scores above or below or between certain criteria Choose to show results as means or medians means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is ticked by default Description The Customisable Ranking Report ranks student achievement from highest to lowest or lowest to highest for up to three products or external sources subjects score categories and reporting periods Report rows are automatically sorted by the rank order of the first data column Rankings in subsequent columns that differ from the first column are indicated with an asterisk To find out how to print this report see page 160 Customisable Status Report Select the school network a school teacher or class gt Select up to five products to include gt Select up to five subjects gt Select up to five score categories some products or sources have multiple scores to choose from gt Select up to five reporting periods gt Select the column order by source gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available dep
58. click Clear All Personnel Locks Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Clear Locked Personnel Clear Locked Personnel Clear login locks for multiple users Personnel and Students Search for Locked Personnel First Name O Last Name School All schools v Done Search Clear All Personnel Locks O Next gt gt Turner Naomi Eastbourne School Other School Staff Clear O White Madeline Eastbourne School Class Teacher Lead Clear To search for a specific personnel record enter all or part of the first and or last name School network personnel can choose a school to search in from the School drop down list Then click Search 80 Managing Personnel Unlocking Personnel Accounts If the list is long it will be split into more than one page Click Next gt gt to go gaa fthe person is listed to the next page or lt lt Previous to go back WS at more than one cs f location clearing the 4 Click Done when you have finished clearing locks lock will unlock all the locations Unlocking One Personnel Account from the View Personnel Page Follow these steps to unlock an account for one person 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network admi
59. find out when this will happen click Home then click Consolidated Reports under Dashboards and Reporting to see the Data Consolidation Status Renaissance Place Software Manual 146 Managing Consolidated Reports Reporting Parameter Groups Reporting Parameter Groups Renaissance Place Software Manual When you print Consolidated reports you can select or create reporting parameter groups as you select students Reporting parameter groups allow you to focus reports on students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date or students with specific ethnicities genders languages characteristics and or years On the Select Students page you can choose to use a reporting parameter group by clicking the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or you can create a new one by clicking Create New or Edit Selected i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report 1 Students ions Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected Select Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea Select Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select On the Reporting Parameter groups page you choose the criteria for the group of students you want to include in the report as described on the next page Then click Save to save the new gro
60. for Consolidated Reports school Page 18 network or school administrators only Review the list of personnel to see if any need to be Page 64 to view changed Edit personnel information or school personnel assignments if necessary information You may also want to check capabilities for personnel Page 70 to edit Although the default capabilities will work well for most personnel users you can add or restrict capabilities for certain information groups or individuals Add personnel if necessary Be sure to give each person Page 19 the user name and password that you assign 36 Getting Ready for a New School Year Checklist for School Network Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff Where to Find Task Instructions O Review the list of students to see if any need to be added Page 83 to view or changed Edit student information or characteristics if student necessary This is also a good time to check for duplicate information students and to merge student records if necessary see Page 95 to edit page 88 You do not need to change students years student students are automatically promoted to the next year in information the software when a new school year starts asw Ifthe Renaissance L Transfer students from one school to another as needed Page 92 M Place administrator and unenrol those who are not returning to your or school network school s
61. import Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students Manuals Help Log Out Import Status Live Chat Support School Cameron School School Year 2012 2013 Import File Enrolment school Uploaded by Import data Status Action CSV Import csv Cameron School Import completed ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 30 05 2013 12 41 Personnel Merge candidates 0 a Classes Student enrolments Teachers assigned to classes Details CSV Import csv ADMINISTRATOR USER Cameron School Students Personnel Classes 1 Student enrolments 11 Teachers assigned to classes 1 Last step completed 11 Select School 1 H Click Details for a more detailed description of the data that was imported including the O Renaissance Place Software Manual total number of records which were skipped or updated The results of other recent imports will also be shown along with any imports that need to be resumed or cancelled the most recent results will be shown first See the following section Import Details The options you chose in step 12 told the program what to do if a student being imported matched one already in the database If the program is not sure if two records match they will be listed here as merge candidates Click View Merge Candidates in the Action column to begin reviewing these possible matches go to step 6 of Merging
62. level information such as pupil assignments scores targets and classroom reports User can view content User can preview an Accelerated Reader Quiz in the Manage Quizzes pages User can edit course and class information User can set up a consolidation schedule and run data consolidation User can edit default capabilities Editing Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following the steps below you are changing the capabilities for existing users in a user group that is users who are already in this group in the database Your changes will not affect any users added to the database new users after you have changed the capabilities To change the default capabilities for new users see page 55 1 Onthe Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Define User Capabilities on the Product Administration page 3 Click Edit Existing Settings next to either the School Network User Capabilities or the School User Capabilities If you are a school administrator only the School User Capabilities will be listed 57 Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities 4 Ifyou are a school network administrator and you are changing School User Capabilities
63. level personnel will be adding students or L Add new students Page 20 t ansterring themi from one O Check your course list to see if any need to be added for Page 119 to view school to another school personnel should wait until the new school year Add courses if necessary Courses courses this is done before adding their stay in the list from one year to the next Page 21 to add students to avoid adding the courses same student more than once O If your new classes are similar to those in the previous Page 127 school year copy your previous classes When you do this you can also copy the assigned teachers assigned products enrolled students and class preference settings Usually you should not copy enrolled students since class enrolments change from year to year Class preference settings will also be copied Check your school marking periods after you copy classes the dates for copied marking periods may need to be changed O Add classes if you did not copy them or if you need Page 22 additional classes As you add classes choose the primary teacher select the products the class will use and add students to the classes Renaissance Place Software Manual 37 Getting Ready for a New School Year Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators To find many of the documents listed in the third column below click on the Home page or Manuals in the upp
64. link is not shown on any page gt Home Page Only the link is shown only on the Home page 4 Click Save to save your changes or click Cancel to leave this page without saving your changes gt Knowledge Base Search the Renaissance Learning Knowledge Base on the web at support renlearn com techkb for technical support information gt Email Send general questions to support renlearn co uk UK or worldsupport renaissance com Australia gt Phone Call 44 0 845 260 3570 UK or 1800 467 870 Australia Logging Out and Closing the Software x Automatic logout W after 80 minutes if you do not use any Renaissance Place product for about 80 minutes it automatically logs you outand you will have to log in again when you return to the software r Renaissance Place Software Manual When you have finished working in Renaissance Place log out to keep your data secure 1 On the Home page select your user name on any page then click Log Out On other pages select Log Out in the top right corner of the page ADMINISTRATOR USER Log Out 2 Close the software by closing your web browser 10 Setting Up Renaissance Place This section tells you how to set up your Renaissance Place data when you first start using the software Importing Data from Other Sources Before you go through the checklists below consider whether you can bring in some information from another program If you have oth
65. more about capabilities to edit data on page 53 1 Onthe Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Set Data Editing Restrictions Preference under Set Up and Maintenance on the Product Administration page Renaissance Place Software Manual 208 Renaissance Place Software Manual Set up and Maintenance Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference 3 For each of the items on the Set Data Editing Restrictions Preference page you have three choices gt OK Click this option to allow editing without restrictions or warnings gt Caution Click this option by any item to allow your personnel to edit the data Users will see A next to items they try to edit to remind them that changes may be erased when the data is synchronised to the primary database again gt No Edits Click this option by any item to prevent changes to it Users will see next to items they cannot edit and the items will not be linked Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Product Administration gt Data Editing Restrictions Preference Set Data Editing Restrictions Preference Define the ability to edit data that is provided by an external system OK No limitations or warnings Editing allowed but cautioned changes may be overwritten by an external system No editing allowed recommended if Renaissance Place is your secondary database Personal Information Assign to Classes General Data OK O VAR
66. page click School Years 3 Click Add Edit Non Teaching Days 4 Ifyou have access to multiple schools on the Select Schools page tick the box for each school for which you want to copy non teaching days Then click Next gt 5 On the Add Edit Non Teaching Days page the Copy Non Teaching Days link will be available if you have not copied non teaching days into this school year before Click the link Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Non Teaching Days Add Edit Non Teaching Days Add or edit non teaching days for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 01 08 2013 31 07 2014 School 2 Schools O Non Teaching Days from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted Name Start Date E End Date Ea Cancel There are currently no non teaching days created for this school year 6 The non teaching days that can be copied will be listed Note that the dates will be adjusted when you copy them to be within the new school year To continue click Copy Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Copy Non teaching Days Copy Non teaching Days Click Copy to copy Non teaching Days from the 2012 2013 school year School 2 Schools Copy From 2012 2013 Copy To 2013 2014 Copy Non teaching Day names with adjusted dates from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 for 2 Schools Non teaching Day Start D
67. page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customisable Progress Report compares student achievement on one or two products over time it shows you scores for a year or school and the change in those scores over time Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and generate the report 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 155 x Ifthe Customisable WO Progress Reportis not available make sure you had at least two reporting periods at the time you last consolidated data To add reporting periods see page 18 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 2 Click Customisable Progress Renaissance Place Real Time Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Reports Manuals Help Log Out Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments Oeustomisabie Progress administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report Summarises student achievement on up to three assessments sorting the Customisable Ranking results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achieve
68. parameter groups 147 School to Home 151 175 which report to use 151 Requirements browser 26 hardware 26 operating system 26 software 26 28 Resetting personnel passwords 67 Restricting IPs 211 Retrieving forgotten user names personnel 68 Roles 6 RPID 28 S Scheduled data consolidation 141 School assignments personnel editing 74 School enrolment editing for multiple students 94 editing for one student 92 School network personnel editing 76 School network assignments personnel editing 76 School network editing 40 School network shared capacity 207 School years 41 adding 41 alert 5 copying classes from prior 127 current 43 deleting 43 Renaissance Place Software Manual 239 Index editing 42 working in a different school year 44 Schools 51 editing 51 viewing 51 School to Home Report 151 175 Scores ERA Estimated Reading Age 200 Searching for student user names 34 Security options Provide Student Login Assistance 211 Restrict Student Workstations IP Restrictions 211 Security questions for personnel 65 Server address 28 Setting a data consolidation schedule 141 Setting login attempts allowed 208 210 Setting the Data Editing Restrictions Preference 208 Setup checklist 11 Software installation 26 Software manuals Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Software requirements 26 Software requirements checking 28 Software tips 7 Speed upload and downl
69. r A f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Wizard Follow the steps below CSVFileForImportwithClassLargerUKNew txt Personnel Import Preview Import file details 2 personnel records found Select Import Preview Options Preview Import Results Cancel Save and Exit Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import Vv Y Y Y V Create a new personnel record if the personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Match on Only match if the following are the same Ae First Middle and Last Name Same School Renaissance Learning School 2 2 New personnel records The number of personnel that would be added to your existing database B o Duplicate personnel records Duplicate personnel entries that may be created Choosing a different Match on option above may reduce duplicates 0 Personnel record updates Existing personnel records that would be updated ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Tips and examples lt Back Next gt Tick Create a new personnel record if the personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records if you want the program to compare personnel in the file to those in
70. s Test Record Report r etc Data must be consolidated to ensure your Consolidated reports include the most up to date information The procedures in this section tell you how to set up a consolidation schedule and view information about past consolidations You should only consolidate data when your Renaissance Place server is not being used because the consolidation process can take some time and you cannot print reports while data consolidation is running Note Data consolidation cannot take place until a reporting period is added see Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports on page 18 Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following the steps below the program or school network administrator can set up a consolidation schedule so that the software will automatically consolidate data on the date s and time you choose You cannot schedule consolidations to take place during school hours Consolidation gathers data from all Renaissance Place products that are installed and registered on the server This data is then used for the Consolidated reports until the next consolidation 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2
71. school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 On the Home page click Users 2 Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page To find the student who needs changes to his or her class enrolment enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 83 4 Click Search View Students School All Schools First Name All 129 Students Barnes Grace Blackwell Lane Blackwell Lane Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students Cancel Sean Class Enrolment ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support z Year 5 x Class Students Enrolled in Any Class Last Name All ID Al User Name All Passwords amp D 1of3 gt Print Page gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Ib E P Primary School MathsFacts in a Flash Ib Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis D
72. see Inactive next to the person s name in any search results If you want to change information in an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 79 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network personnel can select a school to search in 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Select Personnel Record Live Chat Super Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel Search for Personnel First Name m O Last Name School All schools v Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O lt Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat
73. shown on reports for that product You can add and remove team teachers when you edit classes or click Add Remove Team Teachers for that class in the list of Complete or Incomplete Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 136 Editing Classes page 131 user group A user group is a set of people who hold particular positions within a school or school network The user group a person belongs to determines what capabilities that person has in the Renaissance Place program The user groups are school network administrators school network staff school administrators school staff teachers and students A person can belong to more than one user group e g a school staff member who also teaches classes Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 53 Table of Default Capabilities page 58 Renaissance Place Software Manual 235 Index A AccelScan software downloading 28 Access and security 210 Access to Renaissance Place 31 Adding classes 22 Adding courses 21 Adding marking periods 14 Adding non teaching days 16 Adding personnel 19 Adding reporting periods 18 Adding school years 41 Adding student characteristics 99 Adding students 20 Address Renaissance Place 28 Alerts 4 licence agreement 4 school year 5 subscription 5 Assigning a primary teacher to classes 22 Assigning products to classes 129 Bandwidth 31 Birth d
74. software Administrators may have changed the capabilities for existing users or individuals 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Define User Capabilities on the Product Administration page 3 School network staff members should click View Default for either school users or school network users School staff members should click View Default Capability Sets for the school users 4 Ifyou are a school network staff member and you are viewing school user capabilities on the next page click the School drop down list and choose a school 5 Click the user group whose capabilities you want to view The next page will list the capabilities that have been given to this group School Applied To Home gt Product Administration gt View Capabilities gt View Default Capabilities gt View Default Capability Set View Default Capability Set View the capabilities that will be applied to new Capability Group School Staff Capabilities Capabilities Currently Included Filter Reports by Characteristics Filter Reports by Ethnicity Manage Courses and Classes Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out users of this type at the selected school Eastbourne School Doctor EAL Coordinator Educational Psychologist G amp T Coordinator Guidance Counsellor Head of Department ICT Subject Leader Interpreter Librarian Resources Coordinator Literacy Subject Leader Ma
75. student personnel records but not create new ones when choosing options for importing students and personnel or you have chosen to create new records and not update existing ones and a match has been made Student enrolments not updated be updated The student record is inactive but there is enrolment data in it Inactive records cannot Teachers assigned to class not updated cannot be updated The personnel record is inactive but there is class assignment data in it Inactive records Duplicates Merge candidates potential duplicate students page 195 A student record being imported may match a record already in the database see on Skipped Warning Error Students skipped e Students with warnings Students with errors Personnel skipped j Caused by bad data the user stopping the import or other non specific errors Personnel e Classes with errors e Teachers with assignments with Enrolments skipped warnings warnings Enrolments with Position assignments Personnel with errors warnings skipped Classes skipped e Enrolments with e Position assignments Classes with errors with errors warnings Stopping an Import Renaissance Place Software Manual Canceling versus Saving Each page in the import wizard has Cancel and Save and Exit buttons Cancel Save and Exit gt Ifyou need to make changes to the file after you have started impo
76. students from the class 9 Click Continue to finish adding students and go back to the Add Class page 10 Click Save on the Add Class page to save the new class After you add aclass you can add additional team teachers who may need to work with the class See page 136 25 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Checking Software Requirements For the most up to date software hardware operating system and browser requirements for Renaissance Place visit http doc renlearn com KMNet R003777603GF3F7F pdf Renaissance Place also includes pages to help you check browser requirements check for the supporting software you may need and check your connection to Renaissance Place You can get to these pages in one of two ways gt Before you log in click Check Software Requirements on the Welcome page RENAISSANCE LEARNING th lam a Teacher Adminis Check Software Requirements 7 CA gt After you login on the Home page click Product Administration Then click Download Supporting Software School Courses and dme Product Renaissance 4B Users classes E School Years nhn fone and Administration Home Connect Renaissance Place Software Manual 26 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Next you can go to the System Downloads or Support page RENAISSANCE LEARNING System Support Downloads aiid Help Current Browser Internet Explorer O Cook
77. students whose records have been permanently deleted leave the fields blank and the Year drop down list at its default setting All years When you have your search criteria entered click Search i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Recover Student Records Recover Student Records Recover students and their records within 30 days of removal Search for Student to Recover First Name 1D Last Name Year All years z Search 4 Inthe search results click Recover at the end of the row for a student to recover that student s records Click Recover All Students to recover all the students records found by the search Home gt Personnel and Students gt Recover Student Records Recover Student Records Recover students and their records within 30 days of removal Search for Student to Recover First Name ID Last Name Year All years x Done Search Recover All Students O Student Year ID School Removed Abernathy Kaleigh 3 KABER Eastbourne School 18 3 2013 Recover O Abels Megan 2 meg Eastbourne School 18 3 2013 Recover After a student record has been permanently deleted the ID and or user name from that record can be used for another student gt If asa result of reuse a recovered student has the same ID as another student the recovered student will be given a new ID both student records will become candidates for possible merging
78. the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 D Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Assigning Products to Classes On the Assign Products page you can assign Renaissance Place products to multiple classes You can only assign products for classes that have a primary teacher selected Classes can only use products that have been assigned to them For individual classes you select the products you assign by editing the class see page 131 Follow these steps when you want to assign products for multiple classes in a course at the same time 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes 2 Choose the correct school from the drop down list if necessary 3 Find the row for the course then click Assign Products in that row i Renaissance Place Real Time Add Course Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School mO Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class aii Reading a doo Delete Course Add Class ae Mans E E Delete Course Add Class Reading a lee Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Maths gt Assign Products 3 Classes MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 e Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Reading s Assign Products 2 7 R
79. the current school year They page 45 cannot choose to work in another school year To add or edit the non teaching days during your school year which can help with restrictions or report calculations see page 16 To copy non teaching days from a previous school year see page 48 Renaissance Place Software Manual 44 Managing School Years Copying Marking Periods from the Previous School Year Copying Marking Periods from the Previous School Year Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school JZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to copy marking periods to before you follow these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 r Renaissance Place Software Manual For each new school year you can copy marking periods from a previous school year The link is only available if you have not copied marking periods before for this school year and if there are marking periods available for the selected school s from the previous school year Marking periods are used when you add classes they show the duration of the class They are also used when you set target
80. the others save your changes to go back to the School Years page Then repeat these steps selecting only the school that needs that marking period added You can then add the marking period with the same name and dates used for the other schools r Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Marking Periods To add a marking period enter the name start date and end date in the blank fields or click the calendar buttons to select the dates Use the Type drop down list to choose the type of marking period Then click Add As you do this the marking periods will be added to the list at the bottom of the page To change a marking period you have added click Edit for that marking period The marking period s information will appear in the fields at the top of the page so you can make changes and the Add button will change to Update Click Update when you have finished your changes The button will change back to Add To delete a marking period click Delete for that marking period To re sort the list by start date click Start Date To sort by name again click Marking Period Name If you are setting marking periods for multiple schools click the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods Add Edit Marking Periods Add or ed
81. the students who are currently enrolled in the class if any Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Enrolment Add Remove Students Search for students to enrol When enrolled students list is complete Number of students 14 Enrolled in Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan School Eastbourne School Enrolled Students Bold Not Saved Remove ai Search for Student Barnes Grace Remove First Name ID Bennett Courtney Remove sana Last Name Year 5 X Cook Charlie Remove Fisher George Remove Search J Graham Owen Remove H Next gt gt Hall Holly Remove am l lt Add Make selections and click the Add button Kelly Adam Remove m Lloyd Caitlin Remove EO student Year ID Matthews Lewis Remove Barnes Grace 5 gb Mills Luke Remove 7 V Bell Alice 5 ab Owen Ella Remove t r 5 b Robinson Chloe Remove Bennett Courtney i Simpson Lily Remove ww Chapman Phoebe 5 pe Srivastava Arjun Remove Cook Charlie 5 cha oe i 5 ce EE English Carson Euans lack 5 le ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out save to complete enrolment gt To remove a student from the class click Remove next to the student s name To remove all students from the class click Remove All To enrol other students in the class you can type a student s first name and or last name in the appropriate blank fields You can also select t
82. to import the information from a file instead of adding the classes one by one see page 179 Follow these steps to add a class 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses that have been added for the school 22 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list choose the school where you want to add classes Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School O lt x Ifyou are a school PEES P amp administrator or Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year school staff member classes assigned to more than one school choose the Change Add Class P Year 2 Reading Read o 1 Assign Products Role option from your Home 1 Class rom Edit Course Delete C page and choose your role at z ourss Add Class the school you want to work Year 3 Maths Maths 3 4 o Assign Products R a 4 Classes Edit Course with This is the school that you Delete Course are adding a course to Add Class Year 3 Reading Assign Products 2 Classes Reading 2 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class 5 arane MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 aegon Eee Delete Course O Add Class Year 4 Reading Reading o 1 Assign Products 1 Class Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths O 2 Assign Pr
83. to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made click Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including students or team teachers click Do Not Save To stay on the page click Cancel 7 If you click Cancel on Deleting Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can delete classes for r Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Deleting Classes 8 When you have finished click Save or Continue the name of the button depends on the page you came from If you do not want to save your changes click Cancel instead 9 Ifyou came from the Edit Class page click Save on that page as well to ensure that your changes are saved After you add team teachers to a class they will be shown in the class list on the course page By following the steps below you can delete classes Before you do this check the school year you are working in This in
84. txt Student Import Preview Import file details 44 students found Select Import Preview Options oO Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student Q EluUpdate the existing student information in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Match on First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Preview Import Results 0 New students s 1 Duplicate student O Student record updates Save and Exit The number of students that would be added to your existing database Duplicate student entries that may be created Choosing a different Match on option above may reduce duplicates Existing student records that would be updated ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out 8 Review Start Import Live Chat Support Available Check Columns Select Data Select Options v e Tips and examples Only match if the following are the same CR Same Year V Same School Enrolment School 1 lt Back Next gt Tick Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student if you want the program to compare students in the file to those in Renaissance Place and automatically create a new student in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a student in the file Choose this option when y
85. whose record is inactive When a record is inactive you will see Inactive next to the person s name in any search results If you want to view information in an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 79 71 x Capabilities W determine which tasks each personcan perform in the Renaissance Place software Usually each person ina user group has the same capabilities However administrators can change the capabilities for individual users For more information about capabilities and user groups see Managing D Capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members School staff should follow these steps to view a person s capabilities 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network staff can also select a school to search in Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 20 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help 1 Live Chat Select Personnel Record Sd Ei Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel ee records Search for
86. year If you are a school network administrator or school network staff member you must choose a specific school or multiple schools gt To add the course to one school click the School drop down list and choose the school gt To add the course to more than one school click Select Multiple Schools On the next page tick the box by every school that needs this course added then click Save to return to the Add Course page Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt Add Course Add Course Enter the course information Course Details Required Field School O Eastbourne School OR Select Multiple Schools Course Name Subject Not Selected Intended Year Not Selected v Cancel Save and Add 21 r J7 matches the name of another course that has been added for your school the Duplicate Course Found page will open To add another course with the same name click Add Course on this page To activate an inactive course click Activate If you do not want to add the course or activate a previous one click Cancel If the course name Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 4 Ifyou want to add another course after you save this one click Save and 5 Add and repeat step 3 If not click Save to save this course After you add courses you need to add the individual class
87. year to date Objectives Mastered 10 Tests Marked 7 based on regular and diagnostic tests Totals School year to date Lessons Passed 3 Practices Completed based on accuracy builders speed builders and tests Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader Accelerated Maths School Network Engaged Time School year to date 60 30 3g 2o 114 15 to s in fe 1 9 10 13 E Target W Actual estimated average minutes Accelerated Maths STAR Learning to Read MathsFacts in a Flash School Network Probable Readers School year to date 100 100 91 38 74 75 50 25 o 1 2 3 4 percent of Y1 Y4 students with ERA of 7 01 and above School Network Success Index Last 30 days Totals School year to date Participation Last 30 days Books Read 5 285 f gt a v o Words Read i o e5 52 163 704 v7 a0 60 100 lt 1 students with at least one assignment marked based on Reading Practice Quizzes passed students who averaged at least 85 on tests School Network Totals School year to date Benchmarks School year to date Participation School year to date Levels Mastered 4 237 Facts Practised 799 270 66 Y1 Y4 students with at least one STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test students who met benchmark based on practices and tests Renaissance Place Software Manual 204 Renaissance Place Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views on the
88. year until the new one begins This is based on the dates that have been entered for each school year If the old school year has ended and a new school year has not been added yet an alert will appear on the Home page for school network personnel to remind them to add the next school year You can choose to work in a different school year see page 44 if you want to run reports for past years or set up data for the next school year When you choose to switch to a different school year the change affects only you not anyone else using the software You will continue to work in the school year you have chosen until you log out or choose a different school year again If you choose to work in a past or future school year a gold bar at the top of most pages will remind you that you are not working in the current school year on the Home page you will see the school year in gold in the header 43 Managing School Years Working in a Different School Year Working in a Different School Year The school year that you are working in now is shown to the right of your name is i gt Mio Gem Do viisi in the upper right corner of every page in the software Changing the school VJ School Network Bo ete Per nie AAS year that you are working in is useful if you are adding information for the next M School Network Staff school year or reviewing results from a previous school year M School Administrators M School Staff M Tea
89. 0 cece eee eee ene ee ene e nee 213 Some students are seeing messages that say their accounts are locked when they try to log in or personnel are seeing messages about invalid user names ANC passwords ower vasa ne n e c Dee Mate GML AGOS aa Makati E Eaa 213 When log in to Renaissance Place after someone else on a computer the previous person s user name is shown at the top of the page after log Ws E EE ends E eet Renal alan e ea ieee gun EEE E Bi etranane E NE 213 When try to add a student the page says the user name or ID already EXISTS a a eee ha pie bE thas BSN e Meee Sonate Honea iene EAS 214 The same student is in the software more than once sce e eee eee eee eee 214 When print a report from Renaissance Place either the page is blank or there isa printer error yeuna Se ee Rok ed OR ee BA a etn GY rer CE ve ed aes 214 My administrator has given me extra capabilities or links but do not see the links for the tasks in the software 0 0 0 0 cece cece eee eee een e cent n een enees 214 Students who are working in the software see messages about another window or popup blocking software cece eee cece e cece tenn een e ne enenees 215 Some links in the software have a yellow triangle with an exclamation point next to them or they are not available and a red circle with a line through it appears next to them cision ents da EREE ewauien etek I aT TAAUA 215 Frequently Asked Questions FAQS
90. 04 June 2011 Edit Delete Spring 2010 Sunday 31 January 2010 Wednesday 30 June 2010 Edit Delete Fall 2010 Thursday 07 January 2010 Friday 01 July 2011 Edit Delete E it Delete On the Edit Reporting Period page make your changes There are three different ways to change the start and end dates for the reporting period gt Type the new dates in the appropriate blank fields gt Click the calendar buttons next to the fields and click the date in the calendar that opens Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods gt Edit Reporting Period Edit Reporting Period Short Name displayed on reports 15 characters or less 08 01 2012 Beh fB Start Date End Date Cancel Save 09 06 2012 izg Set end date in Spring 2012 gt Choose a start date then enter the number of days weeks or months in the reporting period and use the drop down list to choose whether the number refers to Day s Week s or Month s Then click Set Click Save to save your changes Your changed reporting periods will be available for reports the next time data is consolidated To find out when this will happen click Home then click Consolidated Reports under Dashboards and Reporting to check the Data Consolidation Status Deleting Reporting Periods Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M Sc
91. 13 Subject Reading STAR Reading Score Category Est Reading Age Column 3f Reporting Period Spring 2013 The rank order on the report will be based on Column 1 Reor 1 oroup Rank Options Group by School not grouped Then list Years E Alphabetically Sort Rank scores highest to lowest Rank scores lowest to highest Cancel lt Back Next gt 9 Click the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the group 10 Click one of the sorting options to decide whether to sort items in the group alphabetically or by rank from highest to lowest or lowest to highest Then click Next gt 163 Renaissance Place Software Manual 11 12 13 14 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Next click one of the Students to Include options to choose whether to include all students or just those with scores above between or below the score s you specify If you choose Above Between or Below be sure to enter the scores in the blank fields provided r 5 f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps Report Customisable Ranking Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Gr
92. 13 7 1 2 3 4 4 237 Facts Practised 799 270 E Target WB Actual 9 7 66 6 estimated average minutes based on regular and percent of Y1 Y4 students with Y1 Y4 students with at least students who met benchmark based on practices and tests diagnostic tests ERA of 7 01 and above one STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test KeyWords Accelerated Reader Success Index School Network School Network eee Year 1 Participation Totals ear o Last 30 days School year to date Year WE asx Year 3 26 Lessons Passed 3 Year 4 1 40 Practices Completed Years ME sss 0 Year6 ME 27 17 Year 7 0 students who submitted at based on accuracy builders least one lesson speed builders and tests Last 30 days Years Going Back to the Home Page To leave the Dashboard and go back to the Renaissance Place Home page click the Home icon at the top of the page ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Log Out Renaissance Place Software Manual 206 Subscriptions and Student Capacity The sections on the following pages describe how to view subscription and student capacity information for your registered products About Student Capacity Each of the Renaissance Place products you have registered at your school has x If h be Sapiens a student capacity The student capacity is the number of students who can IZ additional student r capacity from use the product during the subscription period or during the
93. 145 to delete them Renaissance Place Software Manual 6 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Select up to two score categories from the products in the report To select a score tick the box next to it Note that the limit of two is for all products you selected so if you selected two products you can only choose one score for each product When you are ready to continue click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Score Categories up to 2 When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Product STAR Maths peers Subject Maths c Score T G Reporting Period Sect Sere Category e Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Scaled Score SS Product STAR Reading ioe e CH v Est Reading Age Scaled Score SS Cancel lt Back Next gt Next you must select two reporting periods for each score category The report will show the students progress from one reporting period to the other To add other reporting periods see page 18 Click Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Re
94. 58 Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities To see a table of the tasks that users can perform in each of the Renaissance Place products such as Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Maths see the software manual for each product Renaissance Place Software Manual 59 School School Teacher Network Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin Staff Content Manage Content Manage content such as quizzes or vA s vA VA VA libraries View Content View content such as quizzes or VA VA VA va y libraries School Network and School Information Manage School Network Change school network information Y such as the name address or phone number Manage Schools Edit schools information vA Y View Schools View school information on schools in va s the school network School Years Marking Periods and Non Teaching Days Manage School Year School network personnel with this vA VA capability can add edit or delete school years Manage Marking Add edit copy or delete marking VA y y s Periods and Non periods such as terms and non Teaching Days teaching days Marking periods are used for reports and target setting Non teaching days are used for some report calculations School network personnel can manage marking periods and non teaching days for any school School personnel can only manage marking periods an
95. 7 Copying classes from another school year 127 Copying marking periods from the previous school year 45 Copying non teaching days from the previous school year 48 Courses 119 adding 21 deleting 122 editing 121 inactive 122 123 reactivating 123 viewing 119 Current school year 43 Customisable Progress Report 149 155 Customisable Ranking Report 150 160 Customisable Status Report 150 165 D Dashboard 202 custom views 204 data 200 Display settings products 202 open on login 203 opening 200 return to Home page 206 when available 201 Data consolidation setting up a schedule 141 Data Editing Restrictions Preference setting 208 Data imports file preparation Table 1 Data Automatically Generated if Not Present in Records 219 Table 2 Data Codes 220 Table 3 Student Data 221 Table 4 Personnel Data 222 Table 5 Class Data 222 Table 6 Student Characteristics 222 Table 7 Ethnicity 223 Table 8 Gender 223 Table 9 Student Year 223 Table 10 Language 224 Table 11 Personnel Position 224 Dates of birth 87 Default capabilities 58 editing for new users in a group 55 table 58 Deleting classes 139 Deleting courses 122 Deleting marking periods Marking periods deleting 14 Deleting personnel 77 Deleting reporting periods 145 Deleting school years 43 Deleting student characteristics 102 Deleting students 114 Download speed 31 Downloading client software 28 Downloading suppo
96. ATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Live Chat Support Unavailabl 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results Note If the person is assigned to more than one location it does not matter which location you select 5 Click Delete Personnel Record on the View Personnel page The Delete Personnel page asks if you are sure you want to delete the person 6 If you want to delete the person s record permanently tick the Delete Permanently box If you do not tick the box the person s record will become inactive but it will not be permanently deleted ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Delete Personnel Delete Personnel Are you sure you want to remove Melissa Burns from the software e Leave the box un ticked to deactivate this personnel record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time D e Tick the box to permanently delete this personnel record from the database Delete Permanently Yes no Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Jnavailab Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Click Yes to finish deleting or deactivating the personnel record 78 Managing Personnel Reactivating Personnel Reactivating Personnel If a personnel record has been deactivated instead of
97. Add Class Year 5 Maths O 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 4 Click the name of the course you want to work with 124 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Viewing Classes 5 On the course page you will see tabs with lists of Complete and Incomplete classes see page 126 Click one of the tabs then click the name of the class that you want to view Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Year 5 Maths View course information and classes School Eastbourne School Course Details Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 4 L Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class 2 Classes 1 of 1 YSM James James Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class 14 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class YSM ry Morgan Chelsea Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Maths 6 On the next page you can see and change the class information including the name primary teacher team teachers products and students Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Edit Class Enter class information School Eastbourne School Course Year 5 Maths Course Det
98. BEd B End Date Ez z Sort non teaching days by Name Start me School Name Start Date End Date Action Q Schools Autumn Holiday 29 10 2013 04 11 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Christmas Holiday 24 12 2013 04 01 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools February Holiday 18 02 2014 22 02 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools May Holiday 27 05 2014 31 05 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools Spring Holiday 29 03 2014 12 04 2014 Edit Delete Za Ge Cancel Save 8 To save the non teaching days you have copied and any changes you have made click Save Viewing Non Teaching Days Who Can Do This Follow these steps to view non teaching days VJ School Network Administrators 1 If you want to see the non teaching days for a past or future school year M School Network Staff you must choose to work in that year first see page 44 MI School Administrators 2 On the Home page click School Years MI School Staff F n ets 3 Click View Non Teaching Days if you are a teacher or if you are working in M Teachers a past school year Otherwise Add Edit Non Teaching Days Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual 49 Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 Managing School Years Viewing Non Teaching Days If you are a school network administrator or school network staff member tick the school s that you want to see non teaching days for and click Next gt The next page will
99. Chelsea x Team Teachers 2cc remove Marking Period 2012 2013 x Q Products V Accelerated Maths O SeA Accelerated Reader KeyWords MathsFacts in a Flash STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths E STAR Reading Students 14 Barnes Grace Lloyd Caitlin Bennett Courtney Matthews Lewis Cook Charlie Mills Luke Fisher George Owen Ella Graham Owen Robinson Chloe Hall Holly Simpson Lily Kelly Adam Srivastava Arjun Add Remove students QD ETI The class name and primary teacher are required Team teachers are not required If other teachers need to see data for this class click Add Remove to add them See page 136 Choose the duration of the class a marking period or the entire school year The marking periods available are the ones that have been added See page 14 Tick every product that the class needs to use so that those products will be available to students when they log in To add more students to the class or to remove students click Add Remove Students See page 134 Click Save to save all changes to the class If you click Cancel but you have made changes to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made click Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including changes to the students or team teachers click Do Not Save To stay on the page
100. Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 11 If you chose the preview option wait while the preview is generated you can stop the preview if necessary by clicking Stop Preview Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students Log Out Import Wizard Follow the steps below Live Chat Support Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerUK txt Yv v v v Preview of Import in progress Generating a Preview of the Import File against the database E N 12 Next you will see options for importing student information When data is imported it is possible that a record being imported will match a record already in the database Choose the criteria that the program should use to determine if an imported student record matches an existing record What you see depends on whether you chose to preview the data import See the next two pages for more information After you choose the student options click Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 189 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Student options if you chose to preview Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Wizard Follow th Import File Select School Check Rows Vv Vv CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed
101. Confirm New Password Passwords are not case sensitive and must include three or more characters and at least one number Email Address gt Confirm Email Address A verified email address is required to recover your user name or reset your password and to notify you when your security information changes Question 1 None y Answer Question 2 None ui Answer Question 3 None bd Answer Answers to security questions are not case sensitive ed Cancel Save Renaissance Place Software Manual 66 Managing Personnel How Personnel Reset a Forgotten Password 5 When you have finished click Save 6 If you set or changed your email address you will see a message reminding you that it must be verified Click OK You will be sent an email Click the link in the email within 72 hours to go to the Verify Your Email Address page On that page enter your user name and password then click Sign In A message will tell you that your email address has been verified when that happens you can close the page If you need a new email sent for any reason return to the Login Settings page and click Re send Verification How Personnel Reset a Forgotten Password Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators VJ School Network Staff IVI School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Personnel who have forgotten their p
102. Consolidated Reports eseeeeee0 144 About Consolidated Reports 00 c cece cee eee eee e eee e een e eee ne eens 144 Adding More Reporting Periods 0 cece eee cence ence een e eens 144 Editing Reporting Periods 0 ieee ccc nce SENKEN RELEASE 144 Deleting Reporting PeriodsS 0c cece cece e eee ene ee ene eens eens 145 Reporting Parameter GroupS eee eee eee eee n eee ennee 147 Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity 0 eee e eee 149 Report Descriptions 24 2 sacteeiaetew skates that ea et ete ARA EAE 149 Customisable Progress Report 0 cece cece eee eee e eee e een e ens 149 Customisable Ranking Report see eee e eee eee ene enn een e een ees 150 Customisable Status Report cece cece eee eee ene nent e ence een enas 150 Implementation Progress Report Maths or Reading see eee ee eee 150 Which Report Should Use 0 eee eee cence ene ence nee AAEE 151 Implementation Status Report Maths or Reading eee e cece eee eee 151 School to HoMeE RePOMt sain irain iniae cline sda EE whi EE ends Sas 151 Renaissance Place Software Manual Iv Contents Printing Consolidated Reports 0 cece cece ence ene e nee ene eee eeee 155 Customisable Progress Report cece cece e ence nent ene n cence nent enes 155 Customisable Ranking Report ec eee cece cence ence n cent e cence een eeae
103. Deleting a student record is not the same as permanently removing a student record when editing multiple students see page 102 If a student record has data attached to it attempting to delete it will only deactivate it permanently removing it will remove all traces of the record from the database 1 2 3 On the Home page click Users Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page To find the student whose record you want to delete enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 83 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students O School All Schools gt Year First Name All Search O Last Name All ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support 5 i Class Students Enrolled in Any Class ID Al User Name All 129 Students Barnes Grace Blackwell Lane Blackwell Lane Class Enrolment Passwords Print Page D 1of3 gt di gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morga
104. First SID John DI941021 Reading Homeroom A A Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import Course Class A JM940230 Reading Homeroom A Tip 3 Keep each piece of information separate and inline with related data Tip 1 Include a header title row to identify each type of data TLast Smith Smith A TFirst Suzanne Suzanne A Tip 4 Importing personnel or teachers requires identifying first and last names Tips and examples Tip 2 4 Including class and teacher inline with each student will enable enrolment on import Import File CSV Import csv Beea file with this name was uploaded on 30 05 2013 Click View Import Status for details View Import School Cameron School O School 2012 2013 Canes lt Back 6 Click Next gt 184 x The row validation M results will have a scroll bar at the bottom if the table is too wide to fit on the page Only the first 100 rows of data will be shown Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 7 Onthe next page you will see the results of the row validation from step 4 Rows with questionable data will be highlighted in yellow i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSV Import UK wi
105. IE aS 2 Tour of the Home Page 0 cece cece ence eee ene eee n een ene e teen eeee 3 Did YOU KNOW 2 e aee e A peo eed Me See IARA EA dba heave imeees das Shae 4 ALOIS EREE EEE T Ghee be died clea sete a dace ahead eae EEEO TEETE 4 Navigating the Software 0 ccc cece cee nee n nee ene een ne ennes 5 Switching Roles from the Home Page cece cece cence eee eee nee een eeeee 6 Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place cc cee cece cece eee teen nee reno 6 Manuals and Other Documents 0 cece cece eee e cent nee e een tenet eee eee 7 Help inthe Software eses rediere eek nesen edad o a E E E E E A 8 Live Chat SuUppOM ssc medias aiana wan nae a A TEA SA E A E TEA UER vont 10 Need More Help a cece EEA E E a A a AEE RE a 10 Logging Out and Closing the Software 0 cece cece cence eect n eee ennes 10 Setting Up Renaissance Place ceeececeeseeee Ll Importing Data from Other Sources cece cece ence nee ene eee e eens 11 Setup Checklist for School Network Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff 0 cece cece cece teen nee eenees 11 Setup Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators cece eee ee eee 13 Defining Marking PeriodS ccc cece cece cece rererere rererere e eens 14 Non Teaching DayS i 2 065 85 06 eee teee a eaten one ede ogee ase T A tals 16 Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports cece cece e
106. INISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Manuals Help Log Out Add Remove Students Search for students to enrol When enrolled students list is complete save to complete enrolment Number of students 3 Enrolled in Year 5 Maths Year 5 Maths School Eastbourne School Enrolled Students Bold Not Saved Remove All Search for Student Barnes Grace Remove First Name 1D Chapman Phoebe Remove Q Last Name Year 5 Lz Cook Charlie Remove Search Continue CH lt Add Make selections and click the Add button E student Year 1D O V Barnes Grace 5 gb Bell Alice 5 ab Bennett Courtney 5 cb Chapman Phoebe 5 pe 7 In your search results tick the box next to each student that you want to enrol in the class To select all students in the list tick the Student box at the top of the list If the list of students in the search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click Next gt gt above the search results to go to the next page or lt lt Previous to go back 8 Click lt Add to add the ticked students to the class The students will be added to the list on the left but their names will be bold so you can see which students will not be part of the class until you save the changes If you decide to remove some of the students from the class click Remove next to the students you want to remove or click Remove All to remove all
107. Ib Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Renaissance Place Software Manual Choose a school all schools or students who are not enrolled in a school If you are looking for a student who seems to already be in the software but who is not found when you search in your school try searching for students who are not enrolled in a school Choose a year or choose All to search all years For students enrolled in schools you can choose a class or you can choose to search for students enrolled in any class those not enrolled in a class or all students You can enter all or part of a student s first and last name ID and user name The program will search the current school first then other schools If you want to find all students who meet the other criteria leave these fields blank If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page 4 What you see in the search results depends on whether the software found any matches and whether you searched for enrolled or unenrolled students Search Results for Students Enrolled in a School The results will show the students class enrolment or user names and passwords Click the tab
108. Lane O amp Print Page 1of3 gt di gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Year 4 Maths MathsFacts in a Flash Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin Ib Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan YSR James Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Search Results for Unenrolled Students No School or No Class You can click the student names to enrol the students The names are only links if you have the capabilities required to edit the information If you want to print the information on a tab click Print Page on the right Q if you have many results note that only the ones you are viewing now will be printed Renaissance Place Real Time View Students Enter the search criteria to Search For Students Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out 8 Live Chat Support Available view students First Name All Cancel Students not enrolled Gordon Harvey Shaw Shannon School Students Not Enrolled in a School x Year An Class N A Last Name All JD All User Name All Q Print Page in any schools 2 Students lofi Not Currently Enrolle
109. Live Chat Support Selected Personnel Melissa Burns Position Secretary School Network Cancel Save Cu rrently Assigned Ca pa bilities v Filter Reports by Characteristics Product Description Renaissance PI ene User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Renaissance v Filter Reports by Ethnicity Ee User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Renaissance v Manage Courses and Classes Place User can edit course and class information Renaissance A Manage Marking Periods and Non Place User can edit marking periods and non teaching days within existing school Teaching Days years 7 Click Save 8 Click Done after viewing a list of the changes that were made Editing Personnel School Assignments Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators MJ School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x School M administrators and staff cannot search for personnel outside of their school If you are a school administrator and you need school assignments changed contact your RP or school network administrator Renaissance Place Software Manual After you add school personnel you choose the school that each person is assigned to as you add that person s information By following these steps administrators and school network staff can chan
110. Maths or Reading 150 169 Implementation Status Report Maths or Reading 151 172 Importing data 11 class data 222 data automatically generated if not present in records 219 data codes 220 ethnicity 223 gender 223 language 224 personnel data 222 personnel position 224 student characteristics 222 student data 221 student year 223 Inactive classes 139 140 Inactive courses 122 Inactive personnel 77 Inactive students 114 Incomplete classes 126 IP restrictions 211 L Licence agreement alert 4 Live chat support 10 Locked accounts 80 117 208 210 personnel accounts unlocking individual 81 personnel accounts unlocking multiple 80 Logging in 2 setting attempts allowed 208 210 students 32 Logging out 10 automatic 10 M Manuals Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Marking periods 14 adding 14 copying from previous school year 45 editing 14 viewing 47 Merging student records 88 Multiple roles 6 N Navigation 5 Non teaching days 16 adding 16 copying from previous school year 48 editing 16 viewing 49 Renaissance Place Software Manual 238 Index 0 Operating system 27 Operating system requirements 26 P Passwords 2 changing 2 32 65 resetting 67 student 86 students list 215 Permanent removal of student records 105 Personnel 64 adding 19 assigning a primary teacher to a class 22 deleting 77 editing 70 email address 65 inactive 77
111. N 7 ae ee d 30 rig 20 5 285 A fo BE DaN i 15 0 oN 2 mn T gt o AN E2 Words Read Ran E lt hin i 1 9 10 wN x D 13 52 163 704 n 39 37 E Target W Actual 100 lt 1 students who averaged at students who took at least one estimated average minutes based on Reading Practice students who averaged at students with at least one least 85 on quizzes quiz Quizzes passed least 85 on tests assignment marked Accelerated Maths STAR Learning to Read MathsFacts in a Flash School Network School Network School Network Engaged Time Totals Probable Readers Participation Benchmarks Totals School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date 100 60 z Objectives Mastered 100 Caliah Levels Mastered 45 4 Nie A 10 75 g 4 237 30 20 g er 15 z 5 Tests Marked 50 g Po Facts Practised lt l lt l S s at ah 5 OF a mis 7 25 d 799 270 o E Target Actual yet D 66 6 estimated average minutes based on regular and percent of Y1 Y4 students with Y1 Y4 students with at least students who met benchmark based on practices and tests diagnostic tests ERA of 7 01 and above one STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test KeyWords School Network Participation Totals Last 30 days School year to date Lessons Passed 3 Practices Completed 0 17 students who submitted at based on accuracy builders least one lesson speed builders and tests Who Can S
112. Personnel First Name m Last Name School All schools J Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O lt lt Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select c Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Click View Capabilities for Personnel Record on the View Personnel page 6 The View User Capabilities page lists the capabilities that are granted to this user The Product column shows which products use each capability When you have finished viewing the person s capabilities click Cancel Renaissance Place Real Time Hannah Newton School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt View User Capabilities Manuals Help Log Out View User Capabilities View capabilities assigned to the selected personnel record N dod Live Chat Support Unava
113. RENAISSANCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Software Manual United Kingdom Australia Renaissance Learning UK Ltd Renaissance Learning Australia 32 Harbour Exchange Square PO Box 329 London Toowong DC QLD 4066 E14 9GE Phone 1800 467 870 Tel 44 0 20 7184 4000 Email worldsupport renaissance com Fax 44 0 20 7538 2625 Website www renaissance com au Email support renlearn co uk Website www renlearn co uk Copyright Notice Copyright 2015 Renaissance Learning Inc All Rights Reserved This publication is protected by United States and international copyright laws It is unlawful to duplicate or reproduce any copyrighted material without authorisation from the copyright holder This document may be reproduced only by staff members in schools that have a licence for any of Renaissance Learning s Renaissance Place Edition software For more information contact Renaissance Learning Inc at the address shown above All logos designs and brand names for Accelerated Maths AM Accelerated Maths Fluency Accelerated Reader AR AccelScan ATOS KeyWords MathsFacts in a Flash NEO NEO 2 Renaissance Home Connect Renaissance Learning Renaissance U STAR STAR Assessments STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths and STAR Reading are trademarks of Renaissance Learning Inc and its subsidiaries registered common law or pending registration in Australia the United Kingdom United States and other countries All other product and co
114. Remove Tick this box to remove the same characteristic from the students records Then in the drop down list select the characteristic you want removed from the students Year If you have noticed that the students have the wrong year assigned tick the Year box to change the students year by one Then use the drop down list to increase or decrease the year Note that students are automatically promoted to the next year in the software when a new school year begins so this change should only be necessary if there is an error or if a student was not promoted Password Tick this box to change the students passwords When you do this all the students will be given the same new password Type the new password in the two blank Password fields Prompt students to change password at next login Tick this box if you want to require students to change their passwords the next time they log in Permanently remove students and their records Tick this box if you want to delete the chosen students and their records from Renaissance Place Note Choose this option only if the students are not enrolled at any school in the school network and future access to the students data is not required Do not use this option if the student is enrolled in another school in the school network or if future access to the students data is required for reporting purposes If you choose this option you will have a 30 day grace period during which
115. Renaissance Place and automatically create a new personnel record in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a personnel record in the file Choose this option when your file includes new personnel Tick Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to update existing personnel information with the information being imported when it finds a match Renaissance Place Software Manual 192 A The criteria for determining a match are chosen here First Middle and Last Name Based on the options you choose the bottom of the page shows how many new personnel would be created in Renaissance Place how many duplicate personnel may result and how many personnel records would be updated Change options as needed to get the best results before you continue Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Personnel options If you chose not to preview Renaissance Place real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 3 Home gt Personnel and Students Manuals Help Log Out Impo Wizard Live Chat Support Follow below Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerUK txt v Yv Yv Y Personnel options Tips and examples To determine if a person already exists in the database Match on First Midd
116. Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Customisable Progress Customisable Ranking Customisable Status Implementation Progress Implementation Status O School to Home Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report Summarises student achievement on up to three assessments sorting the results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achievement for up to five products subjects score categories and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated Maths or Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions A j ADOBE READER 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report Renaissance Place Real Time Re
117. Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Onthe next page tick one or both boxes to choose the comparisons to include on the report You can compare each student s data to students in the same class or to all students in the same year and school You can leave both boxes empty if you do not want to include any comparisons To generate the report click View Report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Comparisons Reporting Steps Report School to Home Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group a Source b Reporting Period 3 Print Confirmation Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy Reporting Period Spring 2013 STAR Maths STAR Reading Comparisons optional Also display the average scores of F All students in the same class F All students in the same grade and school 7 When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press F8 Renaissance Place Software Manual 177 Managing Consolidated Repo
118. S j 2 School Years Marking Periods Non Teaching Days School Network Schools Courses Classes Personnel Data OK Caution 2 User Names Passwords Cannot restrict Assign to Schools Personal Information User Names Passwords Cannot restrict Years Cannot restrict Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment 4 Click Save when you have finished making changes 209 Access and Security The following procedures describe how to control access to Renaissance Place to keep it secure You can set how many unsuccessful logins are allowed before an account is locked limit access to computers with certain IP addresses and determine if students can search for their user names Setting Login Attempts Allowed Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual To prevent those who do not have user names and passwords from using someone else s user name and guessing the password Renaissance Place will lock a personnel or student account if someone tries to log in with the wrong password too many times in a row When an account is locked that person cannot log in Renaissance Place automatically unlocks all locked accounts at midnight daily but you can also clear locks manuall
119. SER School Netwo A Displa sn O School Network Hiding default panels does not hide Totals Success custom panels added to the Dashboard e School year to date Last 3 Accelerated Maths Books Read KA l Accelerated Reader 5 285 s CS lt KeyWords Words Read ar Se YJ MathsFacts in a Flash 52 163 704 lt a wai id STAR Learning to Read tes based on Reading Practice students who Quizzes passed least 85 Be Open Dashboard on Login 3 Click X to close the Display settings The next time you log in to Renaissance Place the Dashboard will open automatically 203 Renaissance Place Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views on the Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views on the Dashboard By clicking one of the metrics on the Dashboard home page you can also create custom views LEARNING MINISTRATOR US Network Log Out School Network Success Index Last 30 days Clicking one of these panels will take you to a page where you can see more students who averaged at x least 85 on quizzes in depth customisable data School Network Engaged Time School year to date 60 re 40 30 20 15 fa lt 1 o S 2 3 4 13 E Target MB Actual estimated average minutes School Network Participation Last 30 days gt 17 students who submitted at least one lesson Participation Last 30 days students who took at least one quiz Totals School
120. Southbridge School 7 Export Represents the number of students the current user is capable of exporting for each location Cancel 109 D W school teacher or class name you may see a drop down list that allows you to switch to a different school teacher or class To do this choose the item you want from the drop down list After you click a Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Exporting Students gt To export information about all of a single teacher s students click the school name if you have more than one and click Teachers below the school name if it is not already selected Click Export in the row for the teacher whose students you want to export Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT SCHOOL NETWORK 195 Eastbourne School x 190 Export Teachers I ciosses I vers Channing Elise 12 Export Green Jack 12 Export Harrison Owen 1 Export James Michael 70 Export Morgan Chelsea 54 Export O Scott Christina 40 Export Thompson Liam cA Export Wilcox Evan 15 Export Represents the number of students the current user is capable of exporting for each location Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students gt To export information about all the students in a specific class click the school name Then click Classes below the school name Click Export in the r
121. Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to add marking periods to before you follow these steps For more information Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 r Renaissance Place Software Manual By defining the marking periods used in your schools you make it possible to gt select them when you add classes that do not last the entire school year gt print reports that focus on specific marking periods gt set targets in some Renaissance Place products such as Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Maths To add marking periods see the steps below Note You can only add or edit marking periods in the current school year ora future school year If you are viewing a past school year the link for adding or editing marking periods will not be available It will be replaced with a link for viewing the marking period information see page 47 1 If you want to add edit or delete marking periods for a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 44 2 Onthe Home page click School Years 3 Click Add Edit Marking Periods on the School Years page 4 Ifyou are a school network administrator or school network Home gt S
122. Staff School Reports View reports for individual schools and VA VA VA VA their teachers classes and students in a school Teacher Reports View reports for an individual teacher s VA VA s vA 7 classes Filter Reports by Limit reports to students who have y s vA VA VA Characteristics been assigned specific characteristics in Renaissance Place Filter Reports by Limit reports to students with specific VA VA VA VA VA Ethnicity ethnicities which are set when you add students or edit their information Manage Reporting Set the reporting periods for Y vA Periods Renaissance Place consolidated reports Reporting periods are time periods that you can select for the report Manage Data Schedule data consolidation which Y Consolidation gathers data from all products to include in Consolidated reports You can set the date times and recurrence The default schedule is 2 00 a m daily Software Preferences Change Data Editing Change the Data Editing Restrictions vA a 2 Preference preference which prevents users from changing data that is automatically updated from another source such as your school network s MIS VLE The preference is under Product Administration Other users cannot see it Manage School Network Change school network level V a Preferences preferences Most products do not have school network level preferences Manage School Change school preferences for any vA vA Preference
123. Standard xls gt XML based xlsx Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File Note If you are a school administrator and you have access to more than one Who Can Do This Deere school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your M School Network Administrators School User role at the school you want to work with before following these School Network Staff steps M School Administrators School Staff Teachers 1 Onthe Home page click Users Learn more about 2 Click Import Information under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel capabilities on page 53 and Students page Follow these steps to import student information using Renaissance Place 3 On the Select Import File page read the tips then click Browse or Choose file and select the file that you want to import Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students Select Import File Use the Browse button to select the import file and then click Next To help you get started e Files exported from other Renaissance Place sites do not need any preparation e For flat files delimited or Excel files make sure the file is formatted correctly View tips and examples to help you format the file and fix errors Errors could stop your information from being imported Download the template Requires Microsoft Excel When you are done s
124. Student Workstations 111 11 1 11 Add to list Specify the computers that allow student access Recommended if your server is accessible via the Internet O Enter one IP address or range per line e Use an asterisk to denote a wildcard e Use a dash between an IP address range EXAMPLES Single IP Address 192 168 1 5 IP Address range 192 168 1 50 192 168 1 200 Entire subnet range 192 168 1 Multiple subnet range 192 168 1 192 168 2 Provide Student Login Assistance 0 Show the Did you forget your user name option Allow students to select their name from a list instead of entering a user name Do not show To enter other IP addresses click in the field and type them You can specify one IP address one computer a range of addresses for computers in your school or one or more subnet ranges IP addresses that start with the same numbers Note Be sure to use the external not internal IP addresses when you set the restrictions For more help with this see the Knowledge Base article at http support renlearn com techkb techkb 6873121e asp 4 Ifyou do not want students to be able to search for user names select Do not show for the Provide Student Login Assistance setting For more information about how students search for user names see page 34 5 Click Save to save your changes 212 Troubleshooting and FAQs Use this section to find gt solutions to issues you might experience gt
125. Time An estimate of the number of minutes per day that students were actively engaged in reading practice during the school year to date Totals Books read and words read in the school year to date based on passed Reading Practice quizzes Accelerated Maths Success Index Percentage of students who averaged at least 85 on tests in the Participation Percentage of students with at least one assignment scored Engaged Time An estimate of the number of minutes per day that students were actively engaged in Totals Objectives mastered and tests scored based on regular and diagnostic tests last 30 days in the last 30 days learning and practicing maths during the school year to date MathsFacts Benchmarks Totals in a Flash Percentage of students that have Levels mastered and facts practised based on all mastered the benchmark level for their year out of all those in MathsFacts in a Flash classes practices and tests taken STAR Learning to Read Probable Readers Percentage of students in years 1 4 who have an estimated reading age ERA of 7 01 or higher Participation Percentage of students in years 1 4 who took at least one STAR Early Literacy test or STAR Reading test during the school year to date a For Accelerated Reader at least 15 of the students in a reporting group must have either a STAR Reading score or a STAR Early Literacy score before Engaged Time can be ca
126. Years gt Select Schools gt Copy Marking Periods Copy Marking Periods Click Copy to copy Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 school year School 2 Schools Copy From 2012 2013 Copy To 2013 2014 Copy Marking Period names with adjusted dates from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 for 2 Schools 2 Schools Autumn Term Marking Period 03 09 2013 21 12 2013 2 Schools Spring Term Marking Period 07 01 2014 28 03 2014 2 Schools Summer Term Marking Period 15 04 2014 23 07 2014 7 You will return to the Add Edit Marking Periods page where you can make adjustments to the marking periods if necessary gt To add more marking periods enter a name and the dates on the next page and select the type You can click the calendar buttons to select the dates instead of typing them Then click Add to add the marking period to the list at the bottom of the page gt To delete any of the marking periods click Delete in the row for the item O gt To edit a marking period click Edit in the row for that marking period change the information in the fields at the top of the page and click Update gt To re sort the list by start date click Start Date To sort by name again click Marking Period Name gt If you are copying marking periods for multiple schools click the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names 46 Managing School Years Viewing Marking Periods Renaissance Place Re
127. a Autumn Holiday 29 10 2013 04 11 2013 2 Schools Christmas Holiday 24 12 2013 04 01 2014 2 Schools February Holiday 18 02 2014 22 02 2014 2 Schools 2 Schools May Holiday 27 05 2014 31 05 2014 2 Schools Spring Holiday 29 03 2014 12 04 2014 Managing School Years Viewing Non Teaching Days 7 You will return to the Add Edit Non Teaching Days page where you can make adjustments to the non teaching days if necessary gt To add more non teaching days enter a name and the dates You can click the calendar buttons to select the dates instead of typing them Then click Add to add the non teaching day to the list at the bottom of the page gt To delete any of the non teaching days click Delete in the row for the item gt To edit a non teaching day click Edit in the row for it change the information in the fields at the top of the page and click Update gt To re sort the list by start date click Start Date To sort by name again click Name gt Ifyou are copying non teaching days for multiple schools click the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Non Teaching Days Add Edit Non Teaching Days ays f Add or edit non teaching days for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 01 08 2013 31 07 2014 School 2 Schools Name Start Date
128. a Group cee cece eee ee eens 57 Table of Default Capabilities 0 ccc ccc cece ene e teen eeenneee 58 Managing Personnel cccccecccccccscccceces 64 Viewing Personnel c veces rirpu ren EEY AEIR dew eee dnsetecteetees 64 Adding Additional Personnel 00 c ccc cece eee een e ene ene eenneees 65 Importing Personnel Information into the Database 0 cece eee eee eee 65 Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security QUESTIONS sien oneer ccc cence nee e nee e nee E n ene een teens 65 Renaissance Place Software Manual af Contents How Personnel Reset a Forgotten Password cece cece e cence ence eenees 67 How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names cece eee eee teeter eee 68 Editine Personnel 5 0 x c tee oes e c nET ENAERE a Wad EEEN wag PAS Dewees 70 Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members 200s eee eee eee 71 Editing Personnel Capabilities 0 0 0 0 ccc cece ccc cece een rererere 73 Editing Personnel School Assignments eee ee eee e eee e cence ence ne enes 74 School Network Administrators and School Network Staff 0 cece e eee e eee 75 School AAMINIStratorscas eerta AA e EE sae ee Teas 76 Editing School Network Personnel Assignments 002s ce eee ence eect nee nee 76 Deleting or Deactivating Personnel 0 cece cece cence teen eee en neee 77 Reactivating Perso
129. a in groups the options available depend on your position Description If you choose maths as the subject the Implementation Status Report shows results of students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths for one reporting period If you choose reading as the subject the report shows students success in their Accelerated Reader reading practice for one reporting period Administrators use this report to check maths performance or reading performance in the school network or a specific school to see if classes are keeping pace with one another They can also identify students who need intervention To find out how to print this report see page 172 School to Home Report vvvyyv Select a school teacher or class Select products to include Select one reporting period Choose whether to include comparisons to average scores of students in the same class and or students in the same year and school The School to Home report summarises performance of each student in as many as seven Renaissance Place products in comparison to the average of his or her class or other students in the same year in the school for a selected reporting period To find out how to print this report see page 175 Which Report Should I Use Renaissance Place Software Manual The following table can help you find the report that has the information you need The actual information that you see on Consolidated Rep
130. ace Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Grouping Options Reporting Steps Report Implementation Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject b Reporting Period Next gt c Grouping SETETE Reporting Data Reading Reporting Period Spring 2013 Group by School not grouped Then list Years E Cancel lt Back Next gt The Confirm Reporting Data page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Click View Report to generate the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by School then list Year b Subject d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Subject Reading Column 1 Accelerated Reader Score Category Average Percent Correct Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 2 Accelerated Reader Score Category Engaged Time Per Day Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 3 STAR Reading Score Category Est Reading Age Reporting Period Spring 2013 Show resul
131. aff IVI School Administrators VI School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Personnel members who have forgotten their user name can retrieve it by following the steps below but only if gt they have previously used the Login Settings page to enter their email address see page 65 and they have verified that email address by clicking a link in the email they were sent and entering their user name and password 68 Managing Personnel How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names Personnel who have not entered and verified their email addresses cannot use the Forgot Your User Name or Password feature Instead if these personnel forget their user name they must ask the software administrator to find it see Viewing Personnel on page 64 Follow these steps to retrieve your forgotten user name 1 On the Teachers Administrators login page click Forgot Your User Name x The Set Login or Password gt Attempts preference sets how many 2 On the next page under the User Name field click Forgot Your User attempts are allowed See 3 page 210 Name O Retum to Welcome Help RENAISSANCE LEARNING Trouble Logging In To reset your password please enter the user name you use to log in to Renaissance Place User Name 1 of 3 attempts Forgot Your User Name 0 3 Enter the email address that you previously ent
132. age Click Next gt gt to see the next page of results and lt lt Previous to go back Doing this will automatically cause any students selected on the current page to be moved to the left hand list as though you had clicked lt Add The characteristics that are in these drop down lists are the ones available at the student s school Schools may have different characteristics In the search results tick the box next to each student that you want to apply changes to then click lt Add to add them to the list on the left Tick the Student box at the top of the column to select all of the students on this page of the search results 103 sx Check the school year M you are working in if the students assigned year seems incorrect See the dates after your name in the upper right corner of the page Make sure you know which school year you are working in before changing student years x Only school network gt personnel have the option to permanently remove students School administrators do not see the option for permanently removing students Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Multiple Students Under Select Changes tick the box by each change you want to make You can choose more than one gt Add Tick this box to add the same characteristic to the students records Then in the drop down list select the characteristic to apply to the students
133. ails Class Name Y5M Morgan Primary Teacher Morgan Chelsea 7 Team Teachers Add Remove Marking Period 2012 2013 v Products V Accelerated Maths Select All Accelerated Reader L KeyWords MathsFacts in a Flash STAR Early Literacy LISTAR Maths L STAR Reading Students 14 Barnes Grace Lloyd Caitlin Bennett Courtney Matthews Lewis Cook Charlie Mills Luke Fisher George Owen Ella Graham Owen Robinson Chloe Hall Holly Simpson Lily Kelly Adam Srivastava Arjun Add Remove Students Cancel 125 Managing Classes Complete and Incomplete Classes Complete and Incomplete Classes When you view the classes in a course you will see tabs for Complete and Incomplete classes gt Complete classes have a primary teacher products assigned and students gt Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher products and or students On the Incomplete Classes tab you will see None for the missing information in the table Click the class name to edit the class and select or add the missing information 1 Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Year 5 Maths View course information and classes School Eastbourne School Course Details Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class nam
134. ain the positions in the Renaissance Place user groups and how to view or change capabilities for user groups or individual users The User Groups in Renaissance Place x Your user group W determines what you see on the Home page After your name in the upper right corner of each page the program shows whether you are logged in with a teacher school or school network role This is important if you have been assigned more than one role in the software you can always tell which role you are using You can also change the role you are working in without logging out of the program see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Renaissance Place software contains these six user groups gt gt School Network Administrators School Network Staff gt School Administrators gt Teachers gt School Staff gt Students When you add personnel to the software you choose the person s primary position and that places the person in one of these user groups The positions included in each user group are listed below School Network Administrator gt RP Administrator School Network Staff gt gt gt gt gt Curriculum Director Chief Education Officer Educational Psychologist Gifted Talented Director Library Learning Resource Centre LRC Manager School Administrators gt gt Deputy Head Teacher Head Teacher 53 gt Other School Network Staff gt Person
135. al 229 Glossary Term complete classes Definition Complete classes have a primary teacher students enrolled and products selected assigned These are the classes that can use the software Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher students or products so they cannot use your Renaissance Place products gt Related Information Complete and Incomplete Classes page 126 Editing Classes page 131 Adding or Removing Students in Classes page 134 Assigning Products to Classes page 129 consolidation log Areport that is automatically generated every time a data consolidation is run It tells when the consolidation was run and lists any errors that may have occurred gt Reconsolidation page 143 gt Viewing the Consolidation Log page 142 gt What to Do If You Cannot Print Consolidated Reports page 178 consolidation A specific time chosen to run a data gt Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule schedule consolidation so that the most current page 141 information will appear on Consolidated gt Reconsolidation page 143 reports There is a consolidation scheduled by default at 2 00 a m every day but this schedule can be changed course A program of study for one subject which gt Managing Courses page 119 classes are added to For example there could Adding Courses page 21 be three different classes First Period gt Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in Se
136. al Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods Add Edit Marking Periods Add or edit marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 W School 2 Schools Name O Start Date Beh End Date EJM Type Marking Period w Sort marking periods by Marking Perio ne Start Date Q Schools Autumn Term Marking Period 03 09 2013 21 12 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Spring Term Marking Period 07 01 2014 28 03 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools Summer Term Marking Period 15 04 2014 23 07 2014 Edit Delete Marking Periods being used by classes may not be deleted 8 To save the marking periods you have copied and any changes you have made click Save Viewing Marking Periods Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators VJ School Network Staff IVI School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view marking periods 1 If you want to see the marking periods for a past or future school year you must choose to work in that year first see page 44 2 Onthe Home page click School Years 3 Click View Marking Periods if you are a teacher or if you are working ina past school year Otherwise click Add Edit Marking Periods 4 Ifyou are a school network administrator or school network staff member tick the school s th
137. als DAVID ROBERTS o Select the live support icon to chat with a member of our support staff Select the home icon to return to the Home page Did you know Expiration Notice Accelerated Maths Lexile measures A Mai pire on 17 0 7 2015 for one or more of the are now available in Accelerated Reader and STAR Reading Learn more E 10f6 gt views Expiration Notice Accelerated Reader A Re 7 07 2015 for one or more of the Did you know articles provide information about program functions and resources to help you use the software more effectively Alerts let you know when there is new information about your software or if it needs administrative attention for example a subscription renewal Renaissance Place Software Manual Did You Know Alerts Renaissance Place Software Manual Welcome to Renaissance Place Did You Know Onthe bottom of the Home page the Did you know eT area displays information Normed Scores for STAR are now available in the UK for STAR Reading and STAR Maths Learn more about program features to g help you use the software Lioz vewa O more effectively The software will automatically cycle from one topic to the next each time the Home page is refreshed You can click the left or right arrows to move through the topics at your own pace or you can click View All to go to a new page where all the current topics and some of
138. anaging Personnel Unlocking Personnel Accounts 5 Click Unlock Account on the right side of the View Personnel page to unlock the person s account The Account Status will change to OK Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel View Personnel View personnel record details Personnel Task Menu Selected Personnel Record Information ADMINISTRATOR Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record Preferred First Name Edit School Assignments User Name Un assign from School Network Gender Delete Personnel Record Position Account Status mburns Un assigned Secretary School Network Locked Unlock Account D 82 Managing Students The following sections describe how to view add edit or delete student information import and export student information enrol students in schools edit student characteristics manage the list of available characteristics choose the classes each student should be enrolled in promote students and clear locked student accounts Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators VJ School Network Staff IVI School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view student information Keep these restrictions in mind gt gt y
139. ance Place after someone else on a computer the previous person s user name is shown at the top of the page after I log in This happens when your browser cache settings are set to never check for newer versions of stored pages Change this to Automatically or Once per session To find out how to change the cache settings for your browser see the browser s help Renaissance Place Software Manual 213 Troubleshooting and FAQs Issues When I try to add a student the page says the user name or ID already exists It is possible that the student is already in the software but is not currently assigned to a school so the student s record is inactive To find the student see Reactivating Students on page 116 If the other student is not found when you search students who are not a school try searching in all schools on the View Students page and entering just the ID or user name The same student is in the software more than once This can happen if you have more than one person adding students to the software or if you have imported students from multiple files You can use the Merge Student Records feature to compare the two records and decide whether to merge them or delete one See Merging Student Records on page 88 When I print a report from Renaissance Place either the page is blank or there is a printer error The most common reason for this is that you are clicking the printer icon in the
140. ance Place server access requirements and details Renaissance Place Software Manual 31 How Students Log In to the Software Logging In as a Student x Students may be IZ asked to change their passwords if the administrator chose to require this when adding or editing student information To change the password enter the new password twice in the appropriate blank fields and click Save D lt x Togetalistofstudent WS passwords see page 86 Renaissance Place Software Manual Use these instructions to log in to Renaissance Place as a student 1 Start your web browser and go to the web address provided by your school 2 Click I am a Student on the welcome page RENAISSANCE LEARNING dh lam a Teacher Administrator gt Check Software Requirements 7 3 Do you know the student s user name gt Yes Go to step 4 on the next page gt No Go to step 1 in the following section If You Do Not Know the Student s User Name 32 How Students Log In to the Software Logging In as a Student 4 Enter the student s user name and password in the appropriate blank fields Make sure you have the correct password Student accounts can be locked if you try to log in several times with the wrong password to find out how to unlock student accounts see page 117 Note User names and passwords are not case sensitive However if the Caps Lock is on students may experience proble
141. and Sundays Renaissance Place products use this information to calculate the number of actual school days in the school year or a reporting period this number is used in calculations in some reports Note You can only add or edit non teaching days in the current school year or a future school year If you are viewing a past school year the link for adding or editing non teaching days will not be available It will be replaced with a link for viewing the non teaching days see Viewing Non Teaching Days page 49 Follow these steps to define non teaching days for one or more schools 1 If you want to add edit or delete non teaching days for a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 44 On the Home page click School Years Click Add Edit Non Teaching Days on the School Years page If you are a school network administrator or school network staff member on the Select Schools page tick the box for each school that needs non teaching days set or changed Then click Next gt On the Add Edit Non Teaching Days page enter the information for the non teaching days gt Ifyou see the Copy Non Teaching Select Schools Select one or more schools to add or edit non teaching days Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools School Year 2012 2013 01 08 2012 31 07 2013 E P Primary School v Eastbourne School Southbridge School
142. assword can reset it by following the steps below but only if gt they have previously used the Login Settings page to enter their email address see page 65 and gt they have verified that email address see step 6 on page 67 Personnel who have not entered and verified their email addresses cannot use the Forgot Your User Name or Password feature In that case the software administrator can reset a person s password by editing the person s information see page 70 Follow these steps to reset your forgotten password 1 On the Teachers Administrators login page click Forgot Your User Name or Password 2 On the next page enter your user name then click Next RENAISSANCE LEARNING Retum to Welcome Help Trouble Logging In To reset your password please enter the user name you use to log in to Renaissance Place User Name 1 of 3 attempts Forgot Your User Name ET E x The Set Login 7 JZ Attempts preference sets how many attempts are allowed See page 210 Renaissance Place Software Manual 3 If you have previously entered both your email address and security questions you will be asked which you want to use to reset your password Click the option you prefer and click Next 67 Managing Personnel How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names 4 Follow the instructions for the method you are using Using email If your email address has been verified you will be sent an e
143. at you want to see marking periods for and click Next gt 5 The next page will list the marking periods that have already been defined for the school if any Administrators can also edit or delete marking periods see page 14 47 Managing School Years Copying Non Teaching Days from the Previous School Year Copying Non Teaching Days from the Previous School Year Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to copy non teaching days to before you follow these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual For each new school year you can copy non teaching days from a previous school year This link is only available if you have not copied non teaching days before for this school year and if there are non teaching days available for the selected school s from the previous school year Non teaching days are used for calculations in some reports 1 Ifyou want to copy non teaching days into a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first See page 44 2 On the Home
144. ates 87 Blocking reports based on characteristics or ethnicity 149 Browser 27 Browser requirements 26 C Cannot print reports 178 Capabilities 53 default 58 editing default for new users in a group 55 editing for an individual 73 editing for existing users in a group 57 viewing for a group 54 55 viewing for an individual 54 71 Capacity 207 school network shared 207 Changing passwords 2 32 65 Characteristics student adding 99 blocking reports based on 149 deleting 102 editing characteristic name 100 editing those assigned to one student 98 Chat 10 Renaissance Place Software Manual Checking software requirements 28 Classes 124 add team teachers 136 adding 22 adding students 134 assigning products to 129 assigning the primary teacher to 22 complete 126 copying from another school year 127 deleting 139 editing 131 enrolling students 134 inactive 139 140 incomplete 126 reactivating 140 remove team teachers 136 removing students 134 team teachers 136 unenrolling students 134 viewing 124 Clearing locks on personnel accounts 80 81 Clearing locks on student accounts 117 Client software downloading 28 29 Closing the program 10 Complete classes 126 Computer security policy 29 Connection to Renaissance Place 31 Consolidating data 141 142 reconsolidation 143 setting up a consolidation schedule 141 Consolidation log viewing 142 Cookies 2
145. ave had the capability up to now The Product column shows you which products use each capability When you have finished click Save Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USI Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Existing Users Capabilities JEE Help Log Out Edit Existing Users Capabilities Select the appropriate action for each capability you wish to change This will modify the capabilities for all existing users of this type at the selected school User Type School Administrator School Eastbourne School Positions Deputy Head Teacher Head Teacher Intervention Specialist Librarian Cancel lt Back lt Back ee EE Manage Data Consolidation Renaissance User can set up a consolidation schedule and run data consolidation Filter Reports by Renaissance A A enle pa User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Filter Reports by Ethnicity Pae User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Manage Courses and Classes Renaissance User can edit course and class information Manage Default Capabilities Renaissance User can edit default capabilities Table of Default Capabilities The table that starts below lists the default Renaissance Place capabilities that each user group has by default if you have made no changes For a list of the positions in each user group see page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual
146. ave on the computer are separate from the capabilities that you have in Renaissance Place for more about capabilities see page 53 29 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Accelerated Reader and STAR have iOS applications available For those click the app name or Download on the App Store on the iOS tab RENAISSANCE LEARNING System Downloads Support Help Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer Renaissance Place ID wwis RPI Renaissance Place Downloads Windows Macintosh ios iOS Applications Accelerated Reader for iOS Student quizzing on iPad iPhone or iPod 4 Download on the touch App Store 4 Download on the seth nae 7 App Store ading STAR Early Literacy Third Party Downloads are used to support the Renaissance Place products listed A PDF reader is required for reports and Accelerated Maths paper assignments To make sure your computer has a PDF reader click Test If a PDF file witha confirmation message does not open click Download Adobe Flash Player is required for the products listed The version installed if any is shown If you need to install it click Download Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Adobe Flash Player Test O Download Installed H Download Renaissance Place Software Manual 30 Support Page Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements T
147. avis Yasmin Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Renaissance Place Software Manual 106 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes 5 Click the name of the student whose information needs changes If the student is enrolled in more than one school the student will be listed once for each school and will be marked with an asterisk be sure to choose the student at the location where you want to change the class enrolment If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page 6 If you selected a student who is already enrolled in classes you will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Click the Class Enrolment tab If you selected a student who is not enrolled in a class you will go to the Class Enrolment tab The Class Enrolment tab lists the classes in which this student is already enrolled it also tells you if the student is not currently enrolled in any classes Below this list is the Course Catalog 7 To enrol a student in a class click the school name where the class is held Only this student s schools are listed Then cli
148. be used gt Accelerated Maths Software Manual gt AccelScan Setup Renaissance Place Software Manual 38 Getting Ready for a New School Year Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Task How to Start the Task Where to Get More Information If you will be using either NEO 2s or Renaissance Responders with Renaissance Place software Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader KeyWords and MathsFacts in a Flash make sure the Renaissance Receivers are connected to the correct computers 1 Using the cable provided connect each Renaissance Receiver to the computer where it will be used 2 Using the Renaissance Wireless Server Utility set the Network Name and set the Renaissance Place address if necessary gt Accelerated Maths Software Manual gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual gt KeyWords User Manual gt MathsFacts ina Flash Software Manual gt NEO User Manual If you will be using Accelerated Reader for iOS on the iPad iPhone or iPod touch or STAR for iPad make sure gt The app is downloaded on each device gt You have established settings by connecting to Renaissance Place on one device then sharing those settings with all of the other devices gt You have added classes students and teachers to Renaissance Place You can get the app for each device in the app store To establish settings connect to Renaissance Plac
149. by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 83 95 Managing Students Editing Students Information 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students fA Live chat Support Unavailable Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students School All Schools O Year 5 E Class Students Enrolled in Any Class y First Name All Last Name All JD All User Name All B Class Enrolment Passwords Print Page 129 Students 1of3 gt di ID School Course Classes Teacher Products Assigned Barnes Grace gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Blackwell Lane Ib E P Primary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash Blackwell Lane Ib Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading 5 Click the name of the student whose information needs changes If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back Yo
150. ce Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Edit Multiple Students Edit Multiple Students Search for students select students and changes and apply changes Qserch for Students Eastbourne School v All years v Any Characteristic Oz All classes Z First Name Last Name O T Show Un enrolled Students Only Select Changes O V Add Gifted And Talented X E Remove Dyslexic gt Q Demote Year by 1 Year E Year Password enter password twice to confirm Prompt students to change password at next login Permanently remove students and their records 1 50 of 190 Students Next gt gt Bold Not Saved Remove All lt Add lt lt Previous and Next gt gt auto add what is ticked Adams Nathan Remove a 7 is E student Year 1D Alden James Remove ei 4 4 V A 8 na Anderson Elizabeth Remove aa irane 0 VI Alden James 3 ja Cancel Save V Anderson Elizabeth 3 ea School network administrators and staff can select a school You can select a year characteristic and or class or enter all or part of a student s first and last name You do not need to enter all information Tick this box to show only students that are not enrolled in a school but that were previously enrolled in the selected school This list shows the students who matched your search criteria f your list of search results is long it will be split into more than one p
151. chers When you choose to work in a different school year the change affects you only not anyone else working in the software You will continue to work in the school year you have chosen until you log out or until you follow the steps Learn more about capabilities on page 53 below 1 On the Home page click School Years 2 Click Work in a Different School Year on the School Years page 3 Click the school year you want to work in on the next page You will return to your Home page If you choose to work in a past or future school year the school year that you are working in will be shown in gold next to the Renaissance Learning logo O RENAISSANCE LEARNING Home On other pages you will see a gold bar toward the top of every page with a message reminding you of the school year you are working in Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2011 2012 Home gt School Years Manuals Help Log Out School Years SA Live Chat Support Available School Year 2011 2012 01 08 2011 31 07 2012 Work in a Different School Year View Marking Periods View Non Teaching Days Edit School Year Add School Year Delete School Year Setting Up Marking Periods and Non Teaching Days To add or edit the marking periods that you can use for targets classes or yma Students can only reports see page 14 To copy marking periods from a previous school year see WL work in
152. chool Administrators and Non Teaching Staff Task Usually Performed By School Network School Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Where to Go for Instructions Add all personnel who will be using the software or import their information Be sure to give them their user names and passwords v v v Page 19 Add the students who will be using the software or import their information Page 20 Add the courses of study which stay in the database for your school from year to year Page 21 Add the classes for this school year to the courses Classes must be added every year As you add the classes select the primary teacher and the products the class will use and add the students If you imported classes edit them to select the teacher and products and add the students Page 22 Based on the capabilities that users in this group usually have see page 53 If your administrator has given you more capabilities you may be able to do these tasks even if you do not see a tick mark for your group here If you have the Change Role option available from your Home page see page 6 you may need to choose a different role before you can do some tasks 12 Setting Up Renaissance Place Setup Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Setup Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators To find many of the documents listed in the third col
153. chool Years gt Select Schools ST TIDES SEIS a licences Schools page tick the box for each school that needs marking periods set or changed Then Elselect school Name click Next gt E P Primary School 5 Onthe Add Edit Marking Periods Eastbourne schoo page enter the information for the marking periods Cancel Next gt If you see the Copy Marking Periods link you can click it to copy marking periods from the previous school year This link is not available if there are no marking periods to copy or you have already copied them Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods 4 Renaissance Place Real Time School Year 2012 2013 01 08 2012 31 07 2013 Southbridge School Add Edit Marking Periods Add or edit marking the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 01 08 2013 31 07 2014 School 2 Schools O Marking Periods from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted Name ol 4 Start Date End Date v Type Marking Period nd Cencst Aad There are currently no marking periods created for this school year 14 m When you add or edit JZ a marking period you cannot use the same name and dates that are used for another marking period in the list If you are setting marking periods for more than one school and you need to add a marking period for one school that is already there for
154. choose a school from the School drop down list ie ioaea ni mite Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Existing Users Capabilities WL administrator ae ae A Edit Existing Users Capabilities assigned to more Select a school and the user type for which you want to edit school capabilities than one school you are school Eastbourne School v editing capabilities for the role you chose using the Change UserType User Positions of this Type Role option on the Home page i Deputy Head Teacher Head Teacher Librarian To choose a different school School Staff Doctor EAL Coordinator Educational Psychologist G amp T Coordinator st ji ji Class Teacher Accelerated Maths Class Teacher Accelerated Read see Swi tching Roles from the psoe Teacher English an an Additional Language EAL Class Teacher Lel Home Page on page 6 u Click the group that you want to change capabilities for 6 Click one of the three options for each capability for users in this group gt Leave as is means that users in the group who already have this capability will keep it and those who do not have the capability still will not have it gt Add to all users means that everyone in this group will be given the capability even if some have not had it before gt Remove from all users means the capability will be taken away from everyone in the group even if some users in the group h
155. ck the course and then click the class that you want to enrol the student in within that course The class will be added to the list at the top of the page Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Student Information View and edit student details Student Barnes Grace Details l Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment To enroll the student in a class click the school name then the course and then the class name Enrolment for Grace Barnes Eastbourne School Keyboarding KeyboardingI James 2012 2013 Michael James Un enrol CH Eastbourne School Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan 2012 2013 Chelsea Morgan Un enrol Course Catalog gt Eastbourne School Advanced Reading e b 2012 201 O Beginning Readers Keyboarding I Morgan 2012 2013 gt Keyboarding Year 5 Maths Cancel To un enrol the student from a class click Un enrol by that class in the list at the top of the page 8 When you have finished click Save to save your changes or click another tab to make changes to the student s information characteristics or school enrolment before saving If you do not want to save your changes click Cancel instead 107 Managing Students Viewing Students Class Enrolment Viewing Students Class Enrolment Follow the steps below to view one student s classes Who Can Do This FI School Network 1 Onthe Home page click User
156. cking Classes then clicking Select at the end of a row for a class 4 Next tick the box next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report The product available for the report are listed After choosing the products click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources Reporting Steps Report School to Home Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options 2 a tanes Saee Sue b Reporting Period 3 Print Confirmation Q WI EB accelerated Maths v Accelerated Reader v STAR Early Literacy Y amp star maths 7 amp STAR Reading Next gt 5 Next click the reporting period you want to include To add other reporting periods see page 18 Then click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select 1 Reporting Period School to Home Report Reporting Steps Report All students attending Eastbourne School 1 Students Students 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group a Source b Reporting Period 3 Print Confirmation Products Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths STAR Reading O Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 176 Managing Consolidated
157. classes and marking periods only without the teachers products or students gt Copy the classes and marking periods plus the assigned teachers and products without the students from last year gt Copy the classes marking periods assigned teachers assigned products and last year s enrolled students Home gt Courses and Classes gt Copy Classes and Marking Periods Copy Classes and Marking Periods Select the information you want to copy from this school year School Cameron School Copy From 2013 2014 Copy To 2014 2015 O Class names plus e class marking periods only Class names plus e marking periods e teacher s assigned e product s assigned Class names plus marking periods teacher s assigned product s assigned students enrolled the same students who were in the class last year Class preference settings are maintained when classes are copied Caneel Con O 5 Click Copy 6 Thenext page will confirm that the classes have been copied into your new school year Click Done Renaissance Place Software Manual 128 Assigning Products to Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators J School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 gt x Ifyou are a school IZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose
158. click Cancel 133 Managing Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes Students must be added to classes before they can use your Renaissance Place Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators a M School Network Staff 2 M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 4 Renaissance Place Real Time software Follow these steps to add or remove students in a class On the Home page click Courses and Classes If you are a school network administrator or school network staff member use the School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page to choose the school that you want to work in Click the course that includes the class you want to change Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School O Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class Delete Course Add Class titer Maths E E Delete Course Add Class moam Reading a alone Delete Course Add Class is peta MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 Asaga Brag ucee Delete Course Add Class oa Reading o aaa Delete Course O Add Class Year 5 Maths 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course The next page will list the Complete an
159. click View PDF as described below MEM Sraets in d klash to ao If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt offline practice on Responders or NEO 2s and who want to to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to send their results to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place ne Pa P You can print the page of results that you are viewing by clicking Print Page If you have more than 50 results only the page of results that you are viewing will print If you want to print all results and choose grouping and sorting options lt x For security and data click View PDF instead Then follow the steps on the next page P integrity reasons we a Choose the options you prefer and click View Report do not recommend printing out user names and Renaissance Place Rea Time passwords Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Reports Report Options Select the options for this report School Renaissance Learning School 2 Report Passwords Class gt Year Group By Teacher Do Not Group NEO 2 Responder PIN V Print NEO 2 Responder PIN Page Break a Not valid if Do Not Group is selected V Page Break after each group Last Name Sort By 1D Print Report Options F Print selected report options on the report Renaissance Place Software Manual 87 Managing S
160. cond Period and Third Period in a single the Classes page 22 Second Year Maths course dashboard A Renaissance Place page that provides quick Renaissance Place Dashboard page 200 overviews of how specific schools years or groups are performing with regard to various targets and benchmarks data All of the information that Renaissance Place Reconsolidation page 143 keeps track of including information about gt Set the Data Editing Restrictions the school network schools personnel Preference page 208 courses Classes and students database The computer server where all Renaissance Managing Data Imports page 179 Place data is stored An external databaseis a separate database where additional information might be kept For some types of data it is possible to import data into Renaissance Place from an external database deactivated See inactive deactivated deleted erased gt Adeleted record is one that has been gt Deleting or Deactivating Personnel removed from the Renaissance Place page 77 database The program no longer uses it gt Deleting Students page 114 and cannot access it gt Deleting Courses page 122 gt Attempting to delete a record that has gt Deleting Classes page 139 certain types of data associated with it may cause the record to become inactive deactivated instead gt Adeleted record cannot be reclaimed gt Records for personnel members students courses and classes can be deleted
161. course click the course name O Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School O Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class pup Renno oa espera Delete Course Add Class aan athe Ses ee ep Delete Course Add Class pric wag Reading al soe Delete Course Add Class S E MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 0 Arpa Delete Course Add Class Reading alee l Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths O 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course wx Complete and JZ incomplete classes Complete classes have a primary teacher assigned products selected and students enrolled so they are ready to use your software Incomplete classes are missing a primary teacher products or students See page 126 D Add Class O Managing Courses Adding More Courses 3 The course page shows more information about the course including tabs with lists of complete and incomplete classes in the course Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Year 5 Maths View course information and classes School Course Details Eastbourne School Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use th
162. ct Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Click Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record on the View Personnel page 73 w Capabilities JZ determine which tasks each personcan perform in the Renaissance Place software Usually each person ina user group has the same capabilities Administrators can change the capabilities an entire user group instead of changing them for individual users For more information about capabilities and user groups see Managing Capabilities on page 53 G Managing Personnel Editing Personnel School Assignments 6 This user has each capability that is ticked in the list on the Edit User Capabilities page To add another capability tick the box for that capability To remove a tick for a capability click in the box The Product or Application column shows you which product uses each capability Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit User Capabilities Manuals Help Lo Edit User Capabilities Assign As or un assign capabilities to the selected personnel record
163. d Cancel Save Save and Add The user name and password are used to log in They cannot be the same If you do not enter a user name the program will generate one Be sure to give each person his or her user name and password after you add personnel The primary position determines which tasks the user can perform in the software For more information see Managing Capabilities on page 53 Ifyou tick the User must change password at next login box this user will be required to change his or her password next time he or she logs in see page 2 19 Adding Students Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school JZ administrator and you have access to more than one school use the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 r Ifthe student s name X matches the name of another student in the database you will be notified If you are a school network RP administrator or school network staff member you will have the chance to D gt Add another student with the same name by clicking Add Student gt Add the existing student to another school
164. d Not Currently Enrolled Renaissance Place Software Manual 85 Managing Students Adding New Students Searches with Matching Results in Other Schools If no matching students were found in the school you selected but possible matches are in other schools those results will be shown If you have the capabilities required to change student information you can click the student names to view and change their information i Renaissance Place Real Time View Students Search For Students School Southbridge School First Name Michael Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Enter the search criteria to view students No students matched your search criteria in the selected school x Year 8 r Class Students Enrolled in Any Class i Last Name All ID All User Name All Michael Carter ID mc Eastbourne School Michael Davis ID md Eastbourne School Adding New Students To add more students to Renaissance Place see page 20 Importing Student Information into the Database See Managing Data Imports on page 179 for instructions on how to import student information into the database Getting Students User Names and Passwords Follow these steps to get a list of your students user names and passwords lt x Ifyou area school M administrator and l you have access to 2 more than one school choose the Change Role option from 3 your Home
165. d Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class pu Reading aj Allee Delete Course Add Class iy Soe Maths E rene Delete Course Add Class tasse S Reading 2 o Bait Course Delete Course Add Class Me ors Bethe MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 o peo Secu bj Delete Course Add Class aaa Reading a ee Delete Course O Add Class Year 5 Maths 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 3 Click Delete Course in the row for the course on the Courses and Classes page 4 Ifyou want to delete the course permanently tick the Delete Permanently box If you do not tick the box the course will become deactivated but it will not be permanently deleted Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt Delete Course Manuals Help Log Out Delete Course Are you sure you want to delete Course Year 4 Reading e Leave the box un ticked to deactivate this Course record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Tick the box to permanently delete this Course record from the database O E Delete Permanently 5 Click Yes to finish deleting or deactivating the course 6 The program will tell you whether the course has been deactivated or deleted Click Continue 122 Managing Courses Reactivating Courses Reactivating Courses
166. d Incomplete classes in the course Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher students or assigned products If necessary click the tab that you need School Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Year 5 Maths View course information and classes Course Details Add Class ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Eastbourne School Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class YSM James James Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 14 Add Remove students O Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Renaissance Place Software Manual 134 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes 5 Doone of the following gt Ifyou want to see a list of students who are in the class first click the class name on the previous page Then on the Edit Class page click Add Students or Add Remove Students the link name varies depending on whether there are currently students in the class If you do not need to see a list of students who are already in the class click Add Remove Students in the row for the class on the course page 6 The Add Remove Students page will list
167. d non teaching days for their own school v available can be added unavailable Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Capability Determines Who Can School Network School Teacher Admin Staff Admin Staff Courses and Classes Manage Courses and Classes Add edit and delete courses and classes copy classes and add and remove team teachers and students in classes School network personnel can do this for any school School personnel can only do this for their own school v v View Courses and Classes View course and class information School network personnel can view the information for any school School personnel can only view the information for their own school Personnel Information Manage Personnel Add edit or delete personnel information School network personnel can do this for the school network or any school School personnel can only do this for their own school View Personnel View personnel information Student Information School Network Level View of Student and Personnel Information View student and personnel information in all schools not just schools to which they may be assigned Only users who should see information for all schools should be granted this capability Manage School Enrolment Enrol or un enrol students in schools School network personnel can enrol students in any school Sc
168. dent Accounts 6 The school will be added to the list at the top of the tab Click Save The student will be active in the software once again Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information A View and edit student details Live Chat Support Available Student Wilson Hannah Details Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment School Enrolment for Hannah Wilson Renaissance Academy Un enrol Year 6 e School List Eastbourne School Renaissance Academy Cancel Unlocking Student Accounts Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 us x You can control the W number of times the wrong password can be entered before the program locks the account To do this use the Account Login preference see page 210 for details Renaissance Place Software Manual A student s account can be locked if the student enters the wrong password too many times in a row while attempting to log in This is a security feature it prevents others from having multiple chances to guess the student s password and log in under the wrong name The program will automatically unlock all account
169. dents you do not want to import You can add wi Alden ames lia or remove tick marks to all the boxes at 7 Brown Jessica jess once by clicking the box atthe top of the M cooper Beniamin ben Ea is Dyl dd column When you are ready to continue i W Hill William will click Next gt W Jackson Connor cj W Miller Jasmine jas Phillips Jamie jam E Roberts Daniel dan W Smith Chloe chloe V Thompson Sophie st Watson Megan meg W Wood Oliver oli lt Back Renaissance Place Software Manual 180 Renaissance Place Software Manual 9 The Confirm Import page opens allowing you to double check the options you have chosen for the import To change an option click lt Back If the options are correct click Import to begin the import 10 Once the import is complete a confirmation message will Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students Confirm Import File C Exports AMUKYear3CMorgan0912 xmidata School Eastbourne School Import 13 student s selected Merge Students Match by First Middle and Last Name New Students Create new students when no match found appear listing the number of student records that were created and updated Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students Importing S
170. drews Sally English Creative Writing Roberts who is enrolled in Creative class data Writing a class in the English course which Sally Andrews is assigned to Student data SLast SFirst TLast T First Student record for Timothy personneldata _Roberts Timothy Andrews Sally Roberts Personnel record for Sally Andrews a Asingle row of data b This is the best type of file because it allows you to import students and personnel enrol students into classes and assign personnel to classes all at once c Astudent record and a personnel record can only be joined by a class record The result of this import would be the same as importing two separate records one for the student and one for the personnel member Renaissance Place Software Manual 225 For Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Software Manual Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions Note The addition of class data to student data and or personnel data will affect the options you can choose during the import process see step 10 on page 188 Every row must have the same number of items in it in the same order as the header row If pieces of information are unavailable for a record placeholders empty table cells commas or tabs should be used to make the number of items in each row the same One of the ways the software determines if a row of data should be imported or not is by counting the numbe
171. e Teachers can only view information for students in their own classes School personnel cannot search for students outside of their school If you are a school administrator and you need tasks performed for students in another school contact your Renaissance Place administrator On the Home page click Users Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page 83 Managing Students Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information 3 Use the View Students page to search for the student whose information you want to view Then click Search to see the search results i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students Enter the search criteri Search For Students ia to view students Live Chat Support School All Schools O x Year 5 10 Class Students Enrolled in Any Class c x First Name All D Last Name All ID All User Name All Class Enrolment Passwords _ B Print Page 129 Students Q 1of3 gt gt i Barnes Grace Blackwell Lane Blackwell Lane gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Ib E P Primary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash
172. e page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 53 Table of Default Capabilities page 58 school staff Non administrative personnel members other than teachers that are assigned to a school e g G amp T coordinator guidance counsellor or head of department Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 53 Table of Default Capabilities page 58 school year Asingle full length school session usually running from August September of one calendar year to May June of the following one The starting and ending dates for a school year typically change from one calendar year to the next School years are sometimes divided into quarters semesters and or trimesters summer sessions may also be considered a part of a school year gt Managing School Years page 41 gt Working in a Different School Year page 44 gt Copying Classes from the Previous School Year page 127 serial number Anumber which when registered by Renaissance Learning allows a school or school network to use any products they have purchased service A type of licence model The service model is available for all products which provides standard features and requires content to be purchased separately for some products Renaissance Place Software Manual 234 Glossary Term student Definition A student enrolled in one or more classes ina school Students can b
173. e Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Mean or median scores gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Paragraph Level Comprehension PC gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Phonemic Awareness PA gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Phonics PH 153 gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Progress from one reporting period to another Customisable Progress Report Ranks Customisable Ranking Reports Scaled Score SS vv v v Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report School to Home Report individual students Sentence Level Comprehension SC v Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Structural Analysis SA gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Visual Discrimination VS gt Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Vocabulary VO gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisabl
174. e Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report STAR Maths Est NCL Maths School to Home Report Mean or median scores gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Progress from one reporting period to another Customisable Progress Report Ranks Customisable Ranking Report Scaled Score SS STAR Reading v v v v Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report School to Home Report Est Reading Age gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Mean or median scores gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Progress from one reporting period to another Customisable Progress Report Ranks Scaled Score SS 154 Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators MI School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x For detailed reports IZ about student work in each product select the product on the Home page and click Reports in t
175. e School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default gt a sS bi subiect Installed Products c Score d Reporting Period e Grouping E Accelerated Maths 3 Print Confirmation Accelerated Reader lt x Sample report On the aS M leftside of most pages in this procedure you Qe sma mans will see a sample report If you T star Reading want to see a larger version of the sample click the report Cancel lt Back Next gt 5 Next you will see that the program has ticked the box next to the subject for each product you chose Since the products only address one subject the tick cannot be removed Click Next gt Se 4 Lf If you need to go back Home gt Reports gt Generate Report W at any point during Return to Reports 2b Select Subjects up to 2 this procedure you When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts toward the total can click lt Back or click one of Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report the steps on the left side of the rade e eines aa page eee eee Product STAR Maths b c Score d Reporting Period e Grouping Maths 3 Pi rint Confirmation Product STAR Reading Reading TE Renaissance Place Software Manual 157 x To change the W reporting periods that are available see page 18 to add reporting periods page 144 to edit them or page
176. e b Mee ieee aceite ews hated A 121 Deleting Courses sagcise teak deay tere stare Gece rehab eded hohe Ad do shea eed 122 Reactivating COUISES 6 cece ce eee cere ene e eee eee nt ete ee eeennee 123 Managing Classes ccccccccccccsccscccseceees 124 Viewing Classes c cia ee aand seed aE vada adadae sad Coad bade EEEa i 124 Complete and Incomplete Classes 0 cece cc ence ene cent enn eennees 126 Adding More Classes 0 cece eee ence eee e een eee nee ee teen nee enee 126 Importing Classes into the Database 0 cece eee ene e eee eenee 126 Copying Classes from the Previous School Year cece cece cece eee eenees 127 Assigning Products to Classes 0 cece cece ene cece een e eee ne eee eennas 129 Fditing Classes i rraian e i a aa atdedad sen den dgaiaedawame deed 131 Adding or Removing Students in Classes 0 cece cece cence een een ences 134 Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class ccc cece cence eee eens 136 Deleting Classesy ssc ci ccae head on bee teniron ma doy ia o IL OR e oa 139 Reactivating ClasseS 0 cece ccc nee nee ene eee e nee E ANETE E 140 Consolidating Data cccccccccccccescceecees 141 Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule 0 cece eee ee eee eee ee ren 141 Viewing the Consolidation Log cece ccc cece cece ne ee nee erreen 142 RECONSOLIM ATION esras reene over NAAA Sud bea etre wee ee eae ay ARENE e s 143 Managing
177. e classes from the previous school year 1 Onthe Home page click Courses and Classes 2 If you have access to more than one school use the School drop down list to choose the school for which you want to copy classes Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School O Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 20 School Year Add Class Year 2 Reading Assign Products 1 Class Reading 0 1 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 3 Maths Assign Products 4 Classes Maths 3 4 a Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 3 Reading Raato 2 o Assign Products 2 Classes Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Maths Assign Products 3 Classes MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Reading n Assign Products a 3 di 0 1 1 Class Reading Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course Managing Classes Copying Classes from the Previous School Year 3 Click the Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods link which includes the name of the previous school year The link is not available if no classes are available to copy or if you have already copied classes 4 On the Copy Classes and Marking Periods page choose the option you prefer gt Copy the
178. e enrolled in more than one school in a school network Related Information How Students Log In to the Software page 32 gt Managing Students page 83 gt Security Options for Students page 211 subscription information Alist of the products registered for a school or school network along with the serial numbers subscription dates and capacity available About Student Capacity page 207 supporting software Third party software that is used by some Renaissance Place products such as Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Player Checking Software Requirements page 26 teacher A personnel member assigned to instruct one or more classes either as a Lead teacher every class must have one or a Team teacher Teachers can be assigned to multiple classes and to more than one school ina school network Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 53 gt Table of Default Capabilities page 58 gt Editing Classes page 131 gt Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 136 team teachers Team teachers can be added to classes but unlike the primary teacher team teachers are not required for classes Team teachers can view class information and work with classes When you add team teachers you can choose which teacher the primary or one of the team teachers is the lead teacher for each product that the class is using that is the teacher who will be
179. e links in the Actions column to change a class ne lesers ering Period Products eign Students Aone YSM James James Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Maths 14 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Adding More Courses To add more courses to Renaissance Place see page 21 Importing Courses into the Database Renaissance Place Software Manual If course information is included in a student or personnel record the course information can be imported at the same time as the student or personnel record However courses can only be imported as you import classes See Managing Data Imports on page 179 120 Editing Courses Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators IVI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can edit courses for D Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Courses Editing Courses Follow these steps to edit the information for a course 1 On the H
180. e on one device then share those settings with all of the other devices gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual Set the Learning Standards preference to choose which Learning Progression to use with the Maths Dashboard and the Reading Dashboard To keep the skills and Learning Progression used by your classes consistent set this preference at the beginning of the school year and then leave the preference as 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Learning Standards 3 For each subject Reading and Maths choose a progression to use 4 Click Save it is throughout the school year Renaissance Place Software Manual 39 Changing School Network Information Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps if you want to add specific information about your school network 1 On the Home page click School Network and Schools 2 Click School Network Information on the School Network and Schools page 3 Enter or change the information Information marked with an asterisk is required All other information is optional i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Network and Schools gt Edit School Network Edit School Network Enter the
181. e or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Year 5 Maths None 2012 2013 None O None Add Remove students Delete Class To make classes complete you need to add the missing information gt Ifthe class is missing a primary teacher click the class name select a primary teacher from the drop down list and click Save gt Ifthe class is missing products you can click the class name select the products and save If you want to assign products for multiple classes ina course see page 129 instead A primary teacher must be selected before you can assign products gt Ifthe class is missing students click Add Remove Students in the row for the class and add the students Adding More Classes To add more classes to Renaissance Place see page 22 Importing Classes into the Database If class information is included in a student or personnel record the class information can be imported at the same time as the student or personnel record See Managing Data Imports on page 179 Renaissance Place Software Manual 126 Managing Classes Copying Classes from the Previous School Year Copying Classes from the Previous School Year Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators IM School Network Staff M School Administrators MI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school IZ administrator or schoo
182. e page you came from 8 Ifyou went back to the Edit Class page not the course page click Save again to finish saving the changes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 G Renaissance Place Software Manual Team teachers can be added to a class so that they can see the class information and work with the class in your Renaissance Place products The primary teacher is selected when you add or edit a class Team teachers are other teachers who work with the class as you add team teachers you choose which teacher primary or team is the Lead for each product selected for the class Follow these steps to add or remove team teachers for a class You can only add team teachers for classes that have a primary teacher and products selected 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes 136 Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Year 5 Maths View course informat
183. e procedures in this section describe how to view personnel information assign personnel to a school or to the school network edit personnel information edit capabilities for individuals reactivate inactive personnel delete personnel from the database and clear locked personnel accounts Viewing Personnel Follow these steps to view personnel information Who Can Do This MischooliNetwork 1 Onthe Home page click Users Administrators M School Network Staff 2 Click View Personnel A echeolladiminicuatore 3 Use the Select Personnel Record page to search for the person whose I School Staff information you want to view Then click Search to see the search results Teachers i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Learn more about capabilities Lie Chat St on page 53 Select Personnel Record i o i f ee SARN he search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel Search for Personnel First Name m Last Name x School School All schools W administrators or O Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records staff with access to Cancel Search more than one school should choose their role atthe school isese emn they want to work with before Burns Melissa oO School Network Secretary School Network Se
184. ead 0 1 1 Class anang Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths 2 1 Assign Products O 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 5 6 7 1 2 of 2 Classes Q lt lt Previous Next gt gt Managing Classes Assigning Products to Classes On the Assign Products page there is a list of products that can be assigned to the classes for the chosen course followed by a list of those classes If the list of classes is long it may be broken across multiple pages click lt lt Previous and Next gt gt to move back and forth through the list Tick the box next to each product that you want to assign to a class Tick the box next to each class you want the product assigned to or tick the Class box at the top of the list to choose all the classes at once Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Assign Products Assign Products Select products and classes to assign or un assign Course Year 2 Maths at Eastbourne School If a class is missing from the list below make sure the class has a Lead Teacher to be able to assign products to the class El accelerated Maths El Accelerated Reader oH KeyWords E MathsFacts in a Flash E STAR Early Literacy V STAR Maths E STAR Reading Accelerated Maths Un assign Product QD V Morgan Y2M 2012 2013 Chelsea Morgan Renaissance Place Un assign Product Accelerated Maths Un assign Product
185. ear 3 to year 5 Based on the options you choose the bottom of the page shows how many new students would be created in Renaissance Place how many duplicate students may result and how many student records would be updated Change options as needed to get the best results before you continue Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Student options if you chose not to preview Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students Manuals Help Log Out Import Wizard Live Chat Support Follow ti ps below Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerUK txt Yv v v v e Student options Tips and examples To determine if a student already exists in the database Match on Student ID Number and Last Name ET Only match if also Same Year 7 Same School Enrolment Renaissance Learning School 2 V Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student Update the existing student information in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found View Student data to import for All classes gt Q Student Year Class Teacher Johnson Gabrielle 3 26 09 2005 Grant Y3 Grant Edward Lewis Ava 3 15 10 2005 Grant Y3 Grant Edward Campbell Sophia 3 28 10 2005 Grant Y3 Grant Edward
186. ect Bainton Matilda Inactive Renaissance Academy Other School Staff Select 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results If the person is assigned to more than one location select the location that you want to reactivate the person s record for 5 On the View Personnel page click Reactivate Personnel or Activate Personnel Record in this School The link that you see will depend on your role and the person s previous assignment 6 You may be asked if you want to activate only the person or the person and all his or her records To continue click Only to activate only the person or click All Records to activate the person and all of his or her records 7 The program tells you if the person has been successfully activated Click Continue Renaissance Place Software Manual 79 Managing Personnel Unlocking Personnel Accounts Unlocking Personnel Accounts Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 A personnel account can be locked if the person enters the wrong password too many times in a row while attempting to log in This is a security feature that prevents others from having multiple chances to guess your password and log in under your name The program will automatically unlock all accounts at midnight every night h
187. ect Not Selected E Intended Year Not Selected x Deleting Courses Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 gt x Ifyou are a school JZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can delete courses for D gt x You can restore IZ courses that have been deactivated See Reactivating Courses on page 123 D Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Courses Deleting Courses By following the steps below you can delete courses When you do this you can choose whether to permanently delete the course or just deactivate it If a course has classes you cannot delete the course permanently the course will be deactivated instead 1 Onthe Home page click Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses and classes that have been added for the school 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list choose the school that has the course you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School O Ad
188. ed Information Reactivating Personnel page 79 gt restored has been brought back into use by the gt Reactivating Students page 116 Program gt Reactivating Courses page 123 gt Any type of inactive record school gt Reactivating Classes page 140 personnel student course or class can be reactivated gt The most common method of reactivating an inactive record is to add a new record with the same information as the inactive record The user has the opportunity to continue adding a new record or reactivate the inactive one Compare with recovered record A collection of data about an individual gt Managing Data Imports page 179 student or personnel member gt Managing Personnel page 64 gt Managing Students page 83 recovered A student record that was permanently gt Recovering Student Records page 105 removed but reclaimed before the 30 day grace period expired Compare with reactivated restored report A customised analysis of various pieces of gt Managing Consolidated Reports page 144 Renaissance Place data often including gt Report Descriptions page 149 charts and graphs Renaissance Place reports School to Home Report page 175 are called consolidated reports Individual gt What to Do If You Cannot Print products have their own reports with their own options and methods of generation Consolidated Reports page 178 reporting parameter group Acustomised group made of students w
189. ee 42 Deleting School Years 0 cece cece ccc cee ence eniro kra n eee nen ene eia 43 Current Default School Year 0 0 cc ccc cece eee eee eee eee e eee ee ee ee ern 43 Working in a Different School Year 0c cece cece eee eee eee een e ee eneeee 44 Setting Up Marking Periods and Non Teaching DaysS 0c cece eee eee e eee 44 Copying Marking Periods from the Previous School Year e cece cence eee 45 Viewing Marking PeriodsS ccc cece eee ene een e eee r eee errre 47 Copying Non Teaching Days from the Previous School Year e cece eee 48 Viewing Non Teaching DayS 0 cece ence nee n teen nee ene een eeenees 49 Managing Schools eeee0ae0es02sc08508seeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 51 Viewing Schools sci Sides s ted tote Sheed etna died Peed esd gvecvens dee beed 51 Editing SChOOIS 5 30 4 4 cheackas dad ws Eeeeoed Shenae sd E aay AA EAA Gea 51 Managing Capabilities ccc cece cere ce cceecee 53 The User Groups in Renaissance Place cece cece eee cee eee tenn eee neeee 53 Viewing Default Capabilities fora User Group 0 eee eee eee enter e neces 54 How Administrators View Capabilities for a Group or Individual 000 54 How School Network Staff and School Staff View Capabilities fora Group 55 Editing Default Capabilities for New Users ina Group eee eee ee eee eee ee 55 Editing Capabilities for Existing Users in
190. ee eees 18 Adding Personnel airi ek ik Eek Se OS CE EEE a a oe 19 Adding Sttidents 5 04008 netted bedi daeneti ade ded idieldecanAgesladdacciat ns 20 Adding COUSES Ay 240 oe cage SOR E eE Sea iG cata E a ines 21 Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 00 ce cece ene eens 22 Checking Software Requirements 0 cece cece eee n eee eee ene eeene 26 SYSTEMS eea bleak dor wtele eedede dealt dows tale a Madea neon bea a a a e 27 Downloads Renaissance Place and Third Party Supporting Software 28 SUPPOrt Page Ane ee ee aie Se ae ch Atha Ca laws See ea aaa nee 31 How Students Log In to the Software 32 Logging inasa Studentene ee 5 eas vases sie Bee Sid E EE Gare bree ta Sie niga ale aAa 32 If You Do Not Know the Student s User Name 20 ccc ccc ccc ccc cece teen eeee 34 Renaissance Place Software Manual i Contents Getting Ready for a New School Year 2 36 Checklist for School Network Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staffnne aese 13 6 tikes Rete iA ees des ee Bee WO earls 36 Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators 0 0 cece eee e eee eee 38 Changing School Network Information 40 Managing School Years ccecccccccccsececees 41 Adding School Years 0 cc cece ence nee ene ene ene een nee e ene enn ennes 41 Editing School Yedi Serierna oe Oe bas oe sod ae le athe Bowes ead E
191. ee the Dashboard You must have a current subscription for at least one of the products that appear on the Dashboard Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader MathsFacts in a Flash or STAR Early Literacy and or STAR Reading in order to access Dashboard KeyWords does not require a purchased subscription It is available when you have at least one other Renaissance Place product and when you activate your KeyWords schools gt School network users will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools Renaissance Place Software Manual 201 Renaissance Place Dashboard How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated gt School users will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools they are assigned to gt Teachers will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools they are assigned to and they are a teacher for at least one class with that product How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated The data on the Dashboard is updated nightly except for the Totals which are updated periodically between 7 AM and 6 PM during the day Choosing Which Products to View on the Dashboard If you do not want to see all of the products on the Dashboard you can follow these steps to choose which ones to view Note that the settings have no effect on the custom charts that you add to the Dashboard page 204
192. elect your file and select Next to continue _Browse Cane 4 Click Next gt on the Select Import File page 5 If you are the school network administrator the Select School page will open Click the school you want to import the student information into Renaissance Place Software Manual 179 Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File 6 Ifthe Renaissance Place Import Options i If you use page opens tick the box for each type of Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students W Renaissance Place to b gt Renaissance Place Import Options import Accelerated information you want to import By Select the options for the data that you would like to import Maths or MathsFacts in a default the Import student data box is 07 Eastbourne School Flash data you will have to permanently ticked You cannot change transfer the assignment data i Z Import student information into the students classes see this To import assessment and PET the Accelerated Maths i i Software Manual and or the ees a S P Cancel lt Back Next gt MathsFacts in a Flash tick the appropriate box for each Software Manual for more product To continue click Next gt information 7 Inthe Import Student Options table choose from the following options Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students Renaissance Place Import Student Options g
193. empts Allowed O 4 a changes B 210 Access and Security Security Options for Students Security Options for Students Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 r worktoyourschoolIP addresses is strongly recommended If you do not enter IP addresses to restrict where student work is allowed students can quiz from any computer connected to the internet even from home which is a violation of your site license y Restricting student Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Place has two settings that deal with the access your students have to the program gt Restrict Student Workstations This setting allows you to identify which computers should be able to access Renaissance Place If you do not specify IP addresses for the computers you want students to use students may be able to access the program from any computer that has an Internet connection even from home Note This does not affect student access to Renaissance Home Connect if your school or school network is using this feature Provide Student Login Assistance If a student forgets his or her user name the student can click Find User Name to find it This setting allows you to turn this link off so that students will be unable to search for user names their own or others
194. end on your position Choose to show results as means or medians Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is ticked by default The Customisable Status Report shows student achievement for up to five products or external sources subjects score categories and reporting periods To find out how to print this report see page 165 Implementation Progress Report Maths or Reading gt Select the school network a school teacher or class gt Select one subject maths or reading gt Select up to seven reporting periods gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position The Implementation Progress Report compares students achievement in Accelerated Maths or Accelerated Reader depending on the subject you select for up to seven reporting periods Administrators use this report to see how students are progressing in their maths skills or reading performance To find out how to print this report see page 169 Renaissance Place Software Manual 150 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Report Name Implementation Status Report Maths or Reading Options Available When You Print the Report Select the school network a school teacher or class gt Select one subject maths or reading gt Select one reporting period gt Select how to group data and how to list dat
195. enerate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Layout and Grouping Options Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group Columns of Reporting Data Layout Position 3 Print Confirmation Subject Reading Accelerated Reader Score Category Average Percent Correct Column 1 mO Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Accelerated Reader Score Category Engaged Time Per Day Column 2 E Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading STAR Reading Score Category Est Reading Age Column 3 Reporting Period Spring 2013 Reorder Group by School not grouped Q Then list Years Cancel lt Back Next gt Click the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the group Click Next gt The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Now choose whether to include mean or median scores by clicking one of the options below the reporting data If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report tick the Print selected report options on the report box Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Gene
196. ent school to import the data into see step 5 on page 183 the saved import will no longer appear on the View Import Status page when a school administrator at the first school opens it To resume an import 1 Click View Import Status under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel and Students page 2 The Import Status window shows you the status of all imports started or finished within the past 30 days Import Status School E P Primary School v School Year 2009 2010 v m o Import File Enrolment school Uploaded by Import data Status Action G_H txt E P Primary School Last step completed O Resume ADMINISTRATOR USER Select School anuna A_B txt E P Primary School Scheduled O Cancel this Import ADMINISTRATOR USER The Status column will show the last step of the import process that was completed before the import was stopped Click Resume to continue the import wizard from the point where it was stopped Ifthe server is busy and you would prefer to cancel the import click Cancel this Import The import will be saved and can be resumed later Renaissance Place Software Manual 198 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files gt To continue the import from the point it was stopped at click Resume See the instructions for the step you return to Step Resuming From Go to Selecting a school and school year Step 5 page 183 Checkin
197. er right corner of any other page in Renaissance Place Where to Get More Task How to Start the Task Information Check for the software you need Click Check Software Requirements Page 26 on any new or updated computers that will be used with the Renaissance Place software Renaissance Place downloads and third party software Make sure that you check both teacher and student computers You must be logged in to each computer with the rights required to install software for all users Note This is also a good time to recheck computers that have had supporting software installed in case they need updates or additional software You may also want to take advantage of updated technologies with better built in security features such as newer browser versions on the Renaissance Place Welcome page on each computer Then click Downloads Make sure each computer that will be used with the Renaissance Place software has a shortcut or favorite set up that points to the current Renaissance Place address Follow the instructions for your computer s operating system and or browser If you are using AccelScan scanners with Accelerated Maths make sure they are connected to the computers where they will be used and make sure those computers have the AccelScan Scanning software installed Using the cable provided connect each AccelScan to the computer where it will
198. er software with student teacher course and class information in it you may be able to get the data into Renaissance Place by importing data using the Renaissance Place import feature See Managing Data Imports on page 179 Setup Checklist for School Network Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff Renaissance Place Software Manual To set up Renaissance Place for the first time use the checklist below In some cases Renaissance Learning may have done some of these tasks for you Note If the Renaissance Place administrator will be adding students or having them imported school personnel should wait until this is done before adding any students to avoid adding the same students more than once Usually Performed By School Network School Where to Go for Task Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Instructions Add the marking va va Va VA Page 14 periods for each school used for targets and reports Add the non teaching vA vA vA y Page 16 days during the school year for each school used for report calculations Set reporting periods vA vA Page 18 for Consolidated Reports school network administrators or school administrators only 11 Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Setup Checklist for School Network Administrators S
199. ered on the Login Settings page and that you verified Then click Next Note If your email address has not been verified you will not be sent your user name RENAI MCE LEARNING Return to Welcome Help Trouble Logging In To recover your user name please enter the email address you provided in Login Settings Email Address ED E 4 You will be sent an email that includes your user name and you will go back to the login page so that you can use it to log in Renaissance Place Software Manual 69 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel Editing Personnel Who Can Do This VI School Network Administrators IV School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x School IZ administrators or staff with access to more than one school should use the Change Role option to choose their role at the school they want to work with before editing personnel information For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 r Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit personnel information As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School administrators can only edit information for personnel in their own school gt You cannot edit information for a person whose record is inactive When a record is inactive you will
200. erence Preferences when selected determine what program functions are available or unavailable throughout an entire school or school network unlike options which are usually temporary and only affect the person choosing them gt Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity page 149 gt Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference page 208 gt Setting Login Attempts Allowed page 210 gt Security Options for Students page 211 primary teacher The primary teacher is the main teacher for each class when you add or edit a class you must select a primary teacher before you save the class If you import classes without a primary teacher specified those classes will be listed as incomplete classes In addition to the primary teacher you can add team teachers to classes Either the primary teacher or a team teacher may be the lead teacher for a product that the class uses gt Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes page 22 gt Editing Classes page 131 products The individual programs that are used with Renaissance Place and are part of the Renaissance Place suite such as Accelerated Reader Accelerated Maths and the STAR products gt Assigning Products to Classes page 129 gt Checking Software Requirements page 26 Renaissance Place Software Manual 232 Glossary Term reactivated Definition gt Arecord that was inactive deactivated but Relat
201. ers on page 219 the program will count which delimiter is used most often Only rows using that delimiter will be imported the other rows will be ignored gt X duplicate row s set to Ignore Two or more rows contained the same data Only one of these rows will be included in the import the duplicates will be ignored If Renaissance Place is unable to determine if the data in a row is valid or not use the drop down list for that row in the left column to tell the software what to do with that row during the import 185 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files gt Header means that the row should be used as the header row which tells the software what is included in each column this row is not imported gt Import means that the data in that row should be imported gt Ignore means that the data in that row should not be imported 8 Click Next gt A progress window opens while the import file is validated a second time Checking your import file for invalid or duplicate columns examined for columns with invalid data once this is done the next page of the Import Wizard opens On the Column validation results page the information in each row of data will be separated into columns The top row will show the headers you are using for each column if your data has a header row along with a drop down list showing what the program believes is the correct ide
202. ersonnel members students courses and classes can be deactivated Compare to deleted erased and permanently removed incomplete classes Incomplete classes are missing the primary gt Complete and Incomplete Classes teacher students or products These classes page 126 cannot use your Renaissance Place products Adding or Removing Students in Classes Complete classes have all three and can use the software page 134 gt Assigning Products to Classes page 129 gt Editing Classes page 131 lead teacher When you add team teachers to a class you select which teacher is the lead or main teacher for each product that the class is using The lead teacher may be a team teacher or the primary teacher for the class On reports for each product the lead teacher is the one shown as the teacher of the class Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 136 licence model The type of software licence a school or school network has purchased which determines how the software can be used gt Alerts page 4 gt About Student Capacity page 207 Renaissance Place Software Manual 231 Glossary Term marking period Definition Aspan of time during a school year Many Renaissance Place reports can be customised to show data from a particular marking period and some products like Accelerated Reader and Accelerated Maths have targets based on marking periods Related Information
203. es The Other Available Capabilities are additional capabilities that you can give to new users in this group If you want new users in this group to have any of those capabilities tick the ones that you want them to have The Product column shows you which products use each capability 56 Managing Capabilities Editing Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group Click Save when you have finished changing the default capabilities for this group i Renaissance Place Real Time School Applied To Edit Default Capability Set Select the capabilities that will be applied to new users of this type at the selected school Capability Group Teacher Capabilities Eastbourne School Cancel lt Back Save W Ej v e v Filter Reports by Characteristics Filter Reports by Ethnicity Teacher Reports View School Preferences View Students and Class Enrolments Manage Classroom Activities Manage Content View Classroom View Content Take a Sample Quiz Cancel lt Back l Save Manage Courses and Classes Manage Data Consolidation Manage Default Capabilities Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Default Capabilities gt Edit Default Capability Set Manuals Help Log Out Class Teacher Accelerated Maths Class Teacher Accelerated Reader Class Teacher Englis
204. es in which you will enrol students See the next section for instructions Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 BOs If you already have the classes you need set up ina previous school year you can copy the class set up instead of adding the classes again For instructions see page 127 Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you add classes do the following gt Add the courses for your school see page 21 Classes are added to the courses Courses stay in the school year from year to year but since classes may be different in each school year you must add your classes for each new school year Set up marking periods for the school year see page 14 This allows you to select the marking period during which a specific class takes place as you add the class Check the school year you are working in This information appears behind your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program This is important because classes must be added separately for each school year If you are not working in the school year during which the class takes place see the instructions on page 44 to change to that school year Note If you can export your class information from other software you may be able
205. evice is selected if available but you can see downloads for another operating system by clicking that tab The Macintosh tab is shown below RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Downloads Support Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer Renaissance Place ID wwis RPI Renaissance Place Downloads Windows Macintosh O iOS Macintosh Applications AccelScan D Download j Matt Renaissance Place Print Plug In Q Download printing TOPS Reports and paper is Renaissance Responder E Download Used by Accelerated Maths Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Test Download Adobe Flash Player Installed Download Renaissance Place Software Manual The AccelScan and Renaissance Responder programs are used with Accelerated Maths for marking paper assignments The Renaissance Place Print Plug In is used for automatic printing of TOPS Reports and for paper Accelerated Maths assignments If you need any of this software click the program name or click Download next to the program on the tab for your operating system If any programs need to be installed or updated make sure you are logged in to the computer with the rights or permissions required to install software and to install it for all users If you do not know whether you have those rights on the computer or if you do not have those rights contact your school s IT department ICT support Note that the rights you h
206. formation appears above your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program This is important because classes may be different for each school year If you are not working in the school year during which the class takes place see the instructions on page 44 to change to that school year Follow these steps to deactivate or permanently delete a class 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with 3 Click the name of the course that has the class you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a c School Eastbourne School Add Course Year 2 Reading O 1 Class ourse Course Course ID Subject Reading Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Classes Year Complete Incomplete 0 m Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Add Class peels Math sf a saa E Delete Course Add Class Classes T Reading 2 0 Fait Course Delete Course Add Class belt MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 0 pasion POORER Delete Course Add Class Reading ee ae a Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 139 was x You can restore W classes that have been deactivated See Reactivating Classes be
207. g it will include Accelerated Reader data Click Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select 1 Subject When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected Reporting Steps Report Implementation Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject Maths Oe Reading 5 Click the reporting period you want to include To add other reporting periods see page 18 Click Next gt to continue 1 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select 1 Reporting Period Reporting Steps Report Implementation Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject an i b Reporting Period Subject Reading 3 firmation T H Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Next gt 173 Renaissance Place Software Manual 6 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports On the next page click the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Click the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Click Next gt to continue Renaissance Pl
208. g between the headers SFirst SLast SUserName SYear SFirst SLast SUserName SYear SFirst SLast SUserName SYear If the records you are importing do not have a certain type of data you do not need to include a header column for that type of data Either of the examples above would be a suitable header row for records being imported that only contain students first names last names user names and years Renaissance Place Software Manual 220 Data Specification Tables Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Each of the 23 types of data has its own rules for format maximum characters allowed abbreviations used and so on The following tables describe these rules Required means that if this type of data is included in the record student personnel or course class it must meet these minimums For example if your records include personnel data the personnel members first and last names must be in the record Table 3 Student Data Maximum Header Data Type Length Format Required Comment SBirthday Birth Date 10 dd mm yyyy Yes SCharacteristics Characteristics 1 000 dash separated No See Table 6 character string Student Characteristics on page 222 SRace Ethnicity 2 character No See Table 7 Ethnicity on page 223 SFirst First Name 35 character Yes SGender Gender 1 character No See Table 8 Gender o
209. g row validation results Step 7 page 185 Checking column validation results Step 8 page 187 Selecting data to import Step 10 page 188 Selecting matching options for students Step 12 page 189 Selecting matching options for personnel Step 13 page 192 members Reviewing and starting the import Step 14 page 194 gt Tocancel the import click Cancel this Import gt If you would rather import data without resuming a saved process click Done You will return to the first page of the Import Wizard see step 5 on page 183 Renaissance Place Software Manual 199 Renaissance Place Dashboard Opening the Renaissance Place Dashboard Click Summary Dashboard under Dashboards and Reporting on the Home page to open the Renaissance Place Dashboard Dashboards and Reporting Summary Consolidated Reports Dashboard What Is Included in the Renaissance Place Dashboard The Renaissance Place Dashboard shown on the next page gives administrators staff throughout both the school network and each school and teachers a quick overview of the school s performance in several different areas Information Shown For Accelerated Reader Success Index Percentage of students who averaged at least 85 on Reading Practice quizzes in the last 30 days Metrics Shown on the Dashboard Participation Percentage of students who took at least one Reading Practice quiz in the last 30 days Engaged
210. g the Customisable Ranking results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achievement for up to five products subjects score categories Customisable Status and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated Implementation Progress Maths or Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or Implementation Status results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and School to Home optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions B ADOBE READER 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected a Source c Score d Reporting Period Eastbourne School x Select c e Layout Group Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea 0 Select Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select gt Ifyou want to limit the report to students
211. ge the schools that a person is assigned to School administrators can only unassign personnel from their school You cannot change school assignments for a person whose record is inactive When a record is inactive you will see Inactive next to the person s name in any search results If you want to change school assignments for an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 79 1 Ifyou are a school administrator and you are assigned to more than one school go to your Home page and use the Change Role option to choose your role at the school that needs personnel assigned For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 On the Home page click Users 3 Click View Personnel Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields on the next page If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network personnel can also choose a school to search in 74 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel School Assignments Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out A Select Personnel Record bud Live Chat Support x Unavailable Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search vith no search criteria to view all personnel Jnavailabi
212. ging School Years Deleting School Years Deleting School Years Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Follow these steps to delete a past or future school year You cannot delete a school year that has any data associated with it and you cannot delete the school year that you are currently working in To work in a different school year see page 44 1 Onthe Home page click School Years 2 Click Delete School Year 3 Click the school year that you want to delete 4 The dates and description for that school year will be shown Click Delete if you are sure that you want to delete it If any data is associated with the school year a message in red text will tell you that the school year cannot be deleted for that reason Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Delete School Year Delete School Year Click Delete to remove this school year from the softwere Description Start Date End Date Delete Current Default School Year Renaissance Place Software Manual The current school year is the one that includes today s date This is the school year that all users of the software are working in when they first log in If today s date is not in a school year you will continue to work in the last school
213. h as an Additional Language EAL Class Teacher Lead Class Teacher MathsFacts in a Flash Class Teacher Special Duty Class Teacher Special Education Class Teacher STAR Early Literacy Class Teacher STAR Maths Class Teacher STAR Reading Class Teacher Team Teacher KeyWords Teacher STAR Maths High School Teacher STAR Reading Spanish Teacher Supply Team Accelerated Maths Team Accelerated Reader Team KeyWords Team MathsFacts in a Flash Team STAR Early Literacy Team STAR Maths Team STAR Maths High School Team STAR Reading Team STAR Reading Spanish Capabilities Currently Included c o Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance lace Renaissance Place Multiple Products Multiple Products Multiple Products Multiple Products Accelerated Reader Other Available see Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place ADMINIS User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports User can view teacher class and student reports User can view school level preferences User can view student and class enrolment information User can manage classroom activities such as scoring pupil assignments setting targets and producing classroom reports User can perform tasks related to installing quizzes and libraries or modifying content User can view classroom
214. han daa aa each a es 225 For Renaissance Place orenera te iit aint edd RAO E EEIN EEEE EREA AS 226 txt or csv File in Plain Text Editor Comma Separated Values Before Preparation 227 The Same File After Preparation 0 cece cece eee nent tenet nee e ene enes 227 xls xlsx or csv File in Excel Before Preparation 00 c cece eee eee eee nes 228 The Same File After Preparation 0 cece e cece cee eee tence n eee enna 228 Renaissance Place Software Manual vi Contents Glossary o 545s cok eee oa i Re aS ON ee 2 229 INGO ct onic Sawicki EE oxides E E E T E aw ek aenen a e Renaissance Place Software Manual vii Renaissance Place Software Manual Welcome to Renaissance Place Thank you for choosing one or more of the following Renaissance Place software products gt Accelerated Maths gt Accelerated Reader gt MathsFacts in a Flash gt STAR Early Literacy gt STAR Maths gt STAR Reading The Renaissance Place management system is automatically included with any of these Renaissance Place products How It Works in Your School and Classroom Renaissance Place Software Manual You can use Renaissance Place to add edit or delete information about your school network school years including marking periods and non teaching days personnel including teachers students courses and classes you can also edit school information This information is used by the Renai
215. hanges Search for Students School Eastbourne School v A Year All years v First Name O Last Name c Show Un enrolled Students Only Done 1 50 of 190 Students s Next gt gt Select Changes Apply E F Enrol in Southbridge School FF Student Yar 1D Currant Schoo Eai Un enrol from current school Bi hii nator am eT Alden James 3 ja Eastbourne School Anderson Elizabeth 3 ea Eastbourne School Anthony Marsden 4 ma Eastbourne School Baker Molly 3 mb Eastbourne School V Baker Rachel 6 rb Eastbourne School 4 Tick the box next to each student whose school enrolment you want to change Do not click Next gt gt or lt lt Previous yet 94 5 8 Managing Students Editing Students Information If you are a school network administrator or school network staff member tick the box next to each action that you want to perform you can enrol students in a different school and or un enrol them from the school they are in now If you choose to enrol the students in a different school use the drop down list to choose the school If you are a school administrator you will either have a tick box for enrolling the students in your school or un enrolling them from your school Tick the box Click Apply to finish the change If the list of search results is long it may be split into more than one page To change enrolment for students in t
216. he popup menu For example to get detailed reports about students reading practice click Accelerated Reader then Reports r Consolidated reports give you an overview of student and school performance in multiple Renaissance Place products Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader STAR Reading STAR Maths and or STAR Early Literacy Data must be consolidated before you can generate these reports Your data is consolidated according to the schedule you set see page 141 You will need a PDF reader installed to view and print the reports If you do not have one installed you can click Get Adobe Reader on the Consolidated Reports page to go to a website where you can download Adobe Reader Student data will always appear in reports in association with the school where they were enrolled when they worked in a product For example historical data from lower years will still be associated with lower years even though the students have since advanced to middle years Follow the instructions for the report you want to print Report See Page Report See Page Customisable Progress 155 Implementation Progress 169 Customisable Ranking 160 Implementation Status 172 Customisable Status 165 School to Home 175 Customisable Progress Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on
217. he Support page can help you diagnose connection problems to the servers associated with your Renaissance Place site Under Connection Details when the test is complete check your download and upload speed for the Renaissance Place site If you are noticing slowness while using Renaissance Place this information can help you diagnose the cause This test is run automatically when you come to the page Under Server Details the diagram shows you whether this computer or device has the required access to Renaissance Place servers used by your site If your computer or device can connect to the servers you will see green tick marks next to the firewall and Renaissance Place as well as in the status as shown below If not you will see Xs in a red circle If you cannot connect to the chat server you will see instead of an X because chat is not required in order for you to use Renaissance Place This can help you determine whether the computer can connect to required servers RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Connection Details Down loads J Download Speed 40 55 Mbps Connection Server RenaissanceServer Updated 12 03 2013 13 49 15 Upload Speed 47 06 Mbps Server Details Firewall amp Server Availability Tests b a oir This Computer School Firewall The Internet Renaissance Place Status Servers Connection Details v All Servers Access to required servers i View the complete Renaiss
218. he box un ticked to deactivate this student record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Tick the box to permanently delete this student record from the database E Delete Permanently 9 Click Yes to finish deleting or deactivating the student record 10 The program will tell you whether the student has been deactivated or deleted Click Continue 115 Managing Students Reactivating Students Reactivating Students Students who were deleted but not permanently and those who are not enrolled in any school can be made active again by following these steps These steps are useful when you are trying to add a student and find that the student s ID or name already exists indicating that the student is already in Renaissance Place but is not active 1 Onthe Home page click Users x Ifyou are a school IZ administrator and 2 Click View Students ou have access to more Ta one school choose 3 On the View Students page in the School drop down list choose Students Not Enrolled in a School Then enter other information that D the Change Role option from the Home page and choose may h find th n has first nam name ID and or your School User r le atthe ay help you find the student such as first name last name ID and o school you want to work with user name Click Search before you follow these steps i T
219. he next group click Next gt gt to see the next part of the list Then repeat steps 4 6 for this group of students Do this for each page of search results Click Done to close the page Editing Students Information Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow the steps in this section to edit a student s personal information To change the student s characteristics see page 98 Keep these restrictions in mind gt You cannot edit information for a student who is not currently enrolled in a school If you want to change information for an un enrolled student you must enrol the student in a school first see page 92 School personnel cannot search for students outside of their school If you are a school administrator you can only edit information for students in your school or the school you selected using the Change Role option on the Home page if it is available see page 6 On the Home page click Users Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page 3 To find the student who needs changes to his or her information enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page O on the next page You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search
220. he student s year from a drop down list if you select a year without entering anything in the blank fields the search will find all students in that year If you want to see a list of all students enrolled in this school do not enter any information in the blank fields Next click Search The results of your search will appear at the bottom of the page if the list is long you will need to click Next gt gt and lt lt Previous to move forward and back in the list If you did not find the student s that you were searching for perform another search You may need to add the student s or enrol the student s in this school Tick the box next to each student that you want to enrol in this class if you want to tick all students in the list tick the Student box at the top of the list When you have selected the students click lt Add above the list to move them to the list of students who are enrolled in the class 135 x Ifyou click Cancel on W the Edit Class page but you made changes to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made click Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including students or team teachers click Do Not Save To stay on the page click Cancel Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 7 Click Save or Continue the name of the button depends on th
221. he top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press F8 164 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Customisable Status Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customisable Status Report shows how students in each group did in selected products in the reporting periods you selected Follow these steps to choose the options for the report and print the report 1 Onthe Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click Customisable Status Renaissance Place Real Time Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Reports Manuals Help Log Out Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments Customisable Progress administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report Summarises student achievement on up to three assessments sortin
222. his is the school that you can f Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 5 r Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out activate the student in View Students cA Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search For Students School Year Class Students Not Enrolled in a School Au e N A First Name Last Name ID User Name han wil All All Print Page Students not enrolled in any schools 1 ent lorl Scoot MD Wilson Hannah Not Currently Enrolled 6 226 4 Thestudents who matched your search will be listed Click the student s name 5 On the Student Information page you will be on the School Enrolment tab Find the school that the student should be enrolled in If you are a school administrator only your school is listed Click Enrol in the row for that school r z f Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information A paan Support View and edit student details Sa Student Wilson Hannah This student is currently not enrolled in any of your schools Canes Chara st School Enrolment O School List Eastbourne School Enrol Renaissance Academy Enrol D Canes Renaissance Place Software Manual 116 Managing Students Unlocking Stu
223. hompson Y2M 2012 2013 Liam Thompson Renaissance Place Un assign Product Previous Next gt gt l Assign l Un assign l Done Click Assign All the products that you selected will be assigned to all the classes you selected You can also remove products from multiple classes by making your selections as described in steps 5 6 and then clicking Un assign Products can also be un assigned from a class one at a time by clicking Un assign Product at the end of the row Only that product will be un assigned for the class Click Done when you have finished assigning and or un assigning products You will be taken back to the previous page 130 Editing Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators IVI School Network Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 gt x Ifyou area school IZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 e Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Editing Classes By following the steps below you can edit class information Before you do this check the school year you are working in This information appears behind your name in the upper right corner of
224. hool personnel can only enrol students in their own school Manage Students and Class Enrolments Renaissance Place Software Manual Add students enrol students in classes edit student information and characteristics manage custom characteristics in the database and delete students from the database School network personnel can do this for any school School personnel can only do this for their own school This does not include the ability to import export or merge student information v available can be added 60 unavailable Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities School School Teacher Network Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin Staff Manage Student Data Permanently remove and recover vA Y vA student records Note School network administrators school network staff and school administrators are given this capability by default however all users who are given this capability must be given the Manage Students and Class Enrolments capability as well so that they have access to the Edit Multiple Students page where they can permanently remove student records View Students and Class View student information including Y Z Y s VA Enrolments class enrolment Merge Students Merge duplicate student records into y A one School network personnel can merge student records for
225. hool Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to delete reporting periods so that they can no longer be used for Consolidated reports Deleting reporting periods that you are not using such as those from previous school years can help reduce consolidation time because data is consolidated for each reporting period that you have added 1 Onthe Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click View Reporting Periods on the Consolidated Reports page 145 Managing Consolidated Reports Deleting Reporting Periods 3 Click Delete in the row for each reporting period that you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods Reporting Periods Add Reporting Period Spring 2012 Sunday 08 January 2012 Saturday 09 June 2012 Edit Delete Fall 2011 Thursday 01 September 2011 Saturday 07 January 2012 Edit Delete Spring 2011 Saturday 08 January 2011 Saturday 04 June 2011 Edit Delete Spring 2010 Sunday 31 January 2010 Wednesday 30 June 2010 Edit Delete Fall 2010 Thursday 07 January 2010 Friday 01 July 2011 Edit Delete O 4 Click OK to confirm that you want to delete the reporting period 5 Click Done to leave the page Your deleted reporting periods will be unavailable for reports the next time data is consolidated To
226. ically become the current school year the year that all users are working in automatically when they log in Note that students cannot work in the software outside of the school year 1 On the Home page click School Years 2 Click Add School Year on the School Years page 3 Enter the school year dates in the blank fields To enter the start and end dates you can either type the dates or click the calendar buttons and select a date The dates must not overlap other school years ri Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Add School Year Add School Year Start Date E O End Date EH Aaa 4 Click Add to finish adding the new school year 41 Managing School Years Editing School Years Editing School Years Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Students cannot work in the software outside of a school Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit a school year 1 If you want to edit a past or future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 44 2 Onthe Home page click School Years 3 Click Edit School Year 4 Edit the school year information 5 Use a description O that will help Home gt School Years gt Edit School Year per
227. idual 54 71 Viewing class enrolment for one student 108 Viewing classes 124 Viewing courses 119 Viewing locked accounts individual personnel accounts 81 multiple personnel accounts 80 Viewing marking periods 47 Viewing non teaching days 49 Viewing personnel 64 Renaissance Place Software Manual 240 Index Viewing schools 51 Viewing students 83 Viewing the consolidation log 142 W Working in a different school year 44 About Renaissance Learning UK Renaissance Learning UK is a leading provider of assessment technology for primary and secondary schools Our products promote success amongst students of all ages and abilities through personalised practice in reading writing and maths and by providing teachers with immediate feedback and data that helps inform instruction Our Accelerated Reader AR Advantage and Accelerated Maths AM Advantage software together with the interactive NEO 2 writing tool help to enhance literacy and numeracy skills support differentiated instruction and personalise practice to optimise student development The world s most widely used reading software Accelerated Reader schools report an average of two years reading age growth in just one academic year A member of BESA we also support The Schools Network formerly SSAT National Literacy Trust and Chartered Institute of Library and Information Professionals amongst other organisations Renaissa
228. ies are enabled D Pop ups are enabled CE Browser Requirements Recommended Minimum Internet Explorer 9 x 10 x Win Internet Explorer 7 x 8 x Win Firefox 14 0 or newer Win amp Mac Firefox 4 x 13 x Win 11 x 13 x Mac Chrome 23 or newer Win amp Mac Chrome 23 or newer Win amp Mac Safari 5 0 6 0 Mac Safari 3 x 4 x Mac i View the complete Renaissance Place software requirements O Operating System Microsoft Windows Windows 7 Version 6 1 1920x1080 System On the System page shown above you can see the following Renaissance Place Software Manual The browser and version you are using Whether cookies are enabled in your browser Cookies need to be enabled in order for you to use Renaissance Place Whether pop ups are enabled in your browser If pop ups are not enabled for your Renaissance Place site your students may have trouble using some Renaissance Place programs The current recommended and minimum browser requirements A link to the full Renaissance Place software requirements Information about the operating system on the computer or device you are using 27 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Downloads Renaissance Place and Third Party Supporting Software The Downloads page shows you the Renaissance Place and third party software available for download To get to the page see page 26 Many Renaissance Place
229. if the person cannot reset a password see page 70 215 Troubleshooting and FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs How do I give users the ability to do tasks in the software that they do not have links for right now You do this by changing capabilities in Renaissance Place Do one of the following gt To change the capabilities for one person see page 73 gt To change the capabilities for new personnel that you will be adding but have not added yet see page 55 gt To change the capabilities for groups of personnel who are already in the software see page 57 For more information about capabilities see page 53 Which capability must be assigned to allow teachers to enrol students in classes Grant the Manage Courses and Classes capability However please note that teachers who have this capability can also do the following gt Assign or un assign products from any and all classes in their school gt Add or remove team teachers from any and all classes in their school gt Enrolor un enrol students in any and all classes in their school gt Create new courses and classes in their school valid for all other users to see and use gt Delete courses in their school which will delete all classes associated with the course How do I make a class available in a specific product such as Accelerated Reader View the class information to make sure that the class has a primary teacher assigned and products
230. ilable Selected Personnel Melissa Burns Position Secretary School Network Cancel eae Assigned Sian Filter Reports by Characteristics a User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Filter Reports by Ethnicity a User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Manage Courses and Classes Renaissance User can edit course and class information Place Manage Marking Periods and Non Renaissance B S F i s Teaching Days Place User can edit marking periods and non teaching days within existing school years 72 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel Capabilities Editing Personnel Capabilities Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x School W administrators or staff with access to more than one school should use the Change Role option on their Home page to choose their role at the school they want to work with before editing personnel capabilities For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual These steps describe how administrators can change one person s capabilities As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School administrators can only change capabilities for personnel in their own school gt You cannot
231. in the upper right corner of the Dashboard 205 Renaissance Place Dashboard Going Back to the Home Page In this example the user has created a custom window showing the Accelerated Reader Success Index for each year for the last 30 days RENAISSANCE LEARNING a ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Log Out Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader Accelerated Maths School Network School Network School Network Success Index Participation Engaged Time Totals Success Index Participation Last 30 days Last 30 days School year to date School year to date Last 30 days Last 30 days ry 2 Books Read v1 as s S 6 A 0 6 See 30 5 285 Ree Gy 15 X C gt Words Read g Sag Le lords Rea Le n i pa Na p aa 52 163 704 b d E Target B Actual 39 37 100 lt 1 students who averaged at students who took at least one estimated average minutes based on Reading Practice students who averaged at students with at least one least 85 on quizzes quiz Quizzes passed least 85 on tests assignment marked Accelerated Maths STAR Learning to Read MathsFacts in a Flash School Network School Network School Network Engaged Time Totals Probable Readers Participation Benchmarks Totals School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date 100 98 60 Objectives Mastered 100 9 A Levels Mastered 45 a0 74 10 75 4 30 20 J 15 fa Zi Tests Marked 50 Y gt 0 re i 2 3 4
232. ion and classes School Eastbourne School Course Details Add Class Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class polin Reading o a Delete Course Add Class Year 3 Maths Assign Products 4 Classes Maths z ns z Edit Course Delete Course Add Class casses S Reading 2 o Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Maths z Assign Products 3 Classes MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 o Edit Course Delete Course Add Class re Reading J ee Delete Course Add Class Year 5 Maths O 2 1 Assign Products 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 3 Click the name of the course that has the classes 4 On the course page find the class on one of the tabs Complete Classes or Incomplete Classes Note that you can only add team teachers for incomplete classes if they have a primary teacher and products selected ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a clas
233. it marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 01 08 2012 31 07 2013 School 2 Schools Name O Start Date EH End Date EH Type Marking Period X Sort marking periods by Mar od Name Start Date School Marking Period Name Type Start Date End Date Action 2 Schools Autumn Term Marking Period 03 09 2012 21 12 2012 Edit Delete O Schools Spring Term Marking Period 07 01 2013 28 03 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Summer Term Marking Period 15 04 2013 23 07 2013 Edit Delete Marking Periods being used by classes may not be deleted Cancel Save 6 When you have finished defining marking periods click Save 15 Non Teaching Days Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to add non teaching days to before you follow these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Non Teaching Days Non teaching days are days during the school year when your school is not in session this does not include Saturdays
234. ith similar properties such as ethnicity gender and year Reporting parameter groups can be saved so that reports for the same group of students can be run for comparison over time gt Reporting Parameter Groups page 147 gt Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity page 149 reporting period Similar to a marking period except that Renaissance Place s reporting periods are only used when generating consolidated reports while marking periods can have other functions Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports page 18 gt Editing Reporting Periods page 144 Deleting Reporting Periods page 145 restored See reactivated restored school A building or group of buildings where classes are taught to students A school network is made up of schools located within a specified area that are all administered by a board of gt Managing Schools page 51 gt Editing Personnel School Assignments page 74 gt Editing Students School Enrolment education page 92 gt Editing Multiple Students page 102 school administrator A personnel member who serves in an gt Switching Roles from the Home Page administrative capacity at a school head page 6 teacher deputy head teacher intervention gt The User Groups in Renaissance Place specialist or librarian page 53 Table of Default Capabilities page 58 Renaissance Place Software Manual 233 Glossary Ter
235. k Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member assigned to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page and choose your role at the school you want to work with This is the school that you are adding a course to G Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Courses 4 Ifyou want to add more students click Save and Add and repeat step 3 to add the next student If you want to add only this student click Save You must add courses before you can add the classes in which you will enrol students Courses are programs of study They are linked to schools but they remain in your database from year to year until you delete them Unlike classes courses do not need to be added every time you start a new school year Note If you can export your course information from other software you may be able to import the information from a file instead of adding the courses see page 179 Follow these steps to add a course to a school 1 On the Home page click Courses and Classes The Courses and Classes page lists the courses that have been added so far for a school Click Add Course N 3 Inthe blank Course Name field enter a name for the course you are adding required You can also select the subject and intended
236. l change school now Type in all or part of your name First Name Last Name lt Back Search A list of students who match the search criteria you have entered opens If the student is listed click the student s name and go to step 5 If the student is not listed click lt Back to go back to the page where you can enter search data again 34 How Students Log In to the Software If You Do Not Know the Student s User Name 5 Notice that the program has already entered the student s user name Enter the student s password and click Log In RENAISSANCE LEARNING Student User Name eeeliiegy Password Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name Make sure you have the correct password Student accounts can be locked if you try to log in several times with the wrong password to find out how to unlock student accounts see page 117 After you log in the student s Home page will open Renaissance Place Software Manual 35 Getting Ready for a New School Year Perform these tasks when the previous school year has ended and you need to get ready to use your Renaissance Place software in the next school year For most Renaissance Place products there are also tasks that need to be done at the beginning of a school year such as setting preferences assigning objectives setting levels setting benchmarks or setting screening dates Refer to the software manual for each of your prod
237. l Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select Subjects up to 3 When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Reporting Steps Report Customisable Ranking Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a zE d Reporting Period e Lay Group Print Confirmation Product Accelerated Maths Maths Product Accelerated Reader Reading Product STAR Reading Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt 161 x For the definitions of IZ the scores in the STAR products click a STAR product on your Home page then click Resources and then click Definitions D x To change the IZ reporting periods that are available see page 18 to add reporting periods page 144 to edit them or page 145 to delete them D Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Select up to three score categories from the products in the report by ticking the boxes Note that the limit of three is the total for all products you selected After choosing the scores click Next gt Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Source b Subject c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Ox Renaissance Place Rea
238. l Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2c Select Score Categories up to 3 When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Report Customisable Ranking Report Students All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product Accelerated Maths faa Maths Engaged Time Per Day Objectives Mastered Per Week Per cent Correct Test Percentage above 85 tests Product Accelerated Reader gual aap v Average Percent Correct Engaged Time Per Day Percent Above 85 Points Earned Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Est Reading Age Scaled Score SS Cancel lt Back Next gt 7 Next select up to three reporting periods Then click Next gt to continue Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Source b Subject c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2d Select Reporting Periods up to 3 Report Customisable Ranking Report Students All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product Accelerated Maths Subject Maths Score Category Per cent Correct Test 4 April 2009 31 August 2009 30 June 2013 v Spring
239. l be used for the reports Reporting periods do not need to be the same as your marking periods see page 14 you can enter any time period that you would like to use for the Consolidated reports Consolidated reports give you information about student performance in multiple Renaissance Place products For more information about the reports see page 144 Follow these steps to add them 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click View Reporting Periods on the Consolidated Reports page 3 Click Add Reporting Period on the View Reporting Periods page 4 Enter a reporting period name that PEE will help teachers and administrators Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods gt Add Reporting Period recognise the time period Add Reporting Period Reporting Period Information 5 Enter a short name e A 6 Enter the start and end dates for the E 0 reporting period There are three Start Date BH rc different ways to do this End Date E gt Type the dates in the appropriate opze ad EE blank fields gt Click the calendar buttons next to the fields and click the date in the calendar that opens l Cancel Save Save and Add gt Choose a start date then enter the number of days weeks or months in the reporting period and use the drop down list to choose whether the number refers to Day s Week s or Month s Then click Set O
240. l staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 D Renaissance Place Software Manual You can copy the classes from a previous school year by following the steps below You can only copy classes if there are classes in the previous year to copy and you have not copied classes into this school year yet When you copy the classes you can decide whether to also copy the assigned teachers assigned products and student enrolment The marking periods for classes are also copied with their dates updated to fall in the new school year Class level preferences from the products you are using are also copied including gt Accelerated Reader Class Student Quizzing Quiz Set Up and Individual Student Settings preferences gt Accelerated Maths Marking Page Layout Practice Printing Renaissance Home Connect and TOPS Report preferences gt MathsFacts in a Flash Mandatory Practice Authorisation Password Problem Format Question Type Time Targets Time Out and TOPS Report preferences exceptions to preferences are not copied gt STAR Early Literacy Testing Password Demonstration Video and Hands On Exercise preferences gt STAR Maths Testing Password preference gt STAR Reading Testing Password preference Follow these steps to copy th
241. la Cance Sav Details E Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment Cancel Save Managing Students Deleting Students 6 Ifyou selected a student who is already enrolled in a school or class you will go to the Student Information page If you are not on the Details tab click that tab 7 Click Delete Student under the table Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Carla Cougar at School 2 First Name Grace Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name Barnes User Name gb Will be autogenerated if not entered Password ee two or more characters Confirm Password ID gb Will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Female Yj Year 5 v Unique Pupil Number 7 i Required for Reception Baseline Assessment Date of Birth 09 09 2005 _ Start Date Required for Reception Baseline Assessment Ethnicity None Specified _ User must change password at next login Q Delete Student 8 Ifyou want to delete the student s record permanently tick the Delete Permanently box If you do not tick the box the student s record will be deactivated but it will not be permanently deleted Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Student gt View Student gt Delete Student Delete Student Are you sure you want to remove Grace Barnes from the software e Leave t
242. lculated this is also true for the school network s Engaged Time for Accelerated Reader If any of the students in the reporting group have both STAR Reading and STAR Early Literacy scores the STAR Reading score is used To obtain the most accurate Engaged Time results for the reporting group we recommend administering STAR Reading or STAR Early Literacy to all of your students b STAR Learning to Read gets its metrics data from STAR Early Literacy and or STAR Reading whichever a school or school network is using At least one of these products must be in use in order to see STAR Learning to Read metrics Probable Readers and Participation c ERA scores range from 6 00 16 06 correlating the Scaled Score with a chronological age For example an individual who has obtained an ERA of 7 10 would be estimated to be reading as well as the average individual at 7 years 10 months of age Renaissance Place Software Manual 200 Renaissance Place Dashboard Who Can See the Dashboard You can click and drag panels on the Dashboard to move them or change the order RENAISSANCE LEARNING ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Log Out Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader Accelerated Maths School Network School Network School Network Success Index Participation Engaged Time Totals Success Index Participation Last 30 days Last 30 days School year to date School year to date Last 30 days Last 30 days 17 rae ra Books Read SELEY S Pa ie 30
243. le and Last Name v Only match if also E Same School Enrollment Renaissance Learning School 2 0 F create a new personnel record if the personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Preview of personnel data you are importing Teacher Baker Kathleen 7 Grant Edward 4 Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows lt Back C The criteria for determining a match are chosen E Tick Update the existing personnel record in here First Middle and Last Name Renaissance Place from the import file when 0 Tick Create a new personnel record if the an exact match is found if you want the personnel record being imported does not program to update existing personnel match any Renaissance Place personnel information with the information being records if you want the program to compare imported when it finds a match personnel in the file to those in Renaissance The bottom of the page shows you the Place and automatically create a new personnel personnel who will be imported the first 100 record in Renaissance Place if no match is found valid records for a personnel record in the file Choose this option when your file includes new personnel Renaissance Place Software Manual 193 Renaissance Place Software Manual 14 Managing Da
244. lect viewing personnel Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select information For more Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academ Class Teacher Lead Select information see Switching z d Pa Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Roles from the Home Page on Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select page 6 Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select You can enter all or part of a person s first and last name in the blank First Name Last Name fields You are not required to enter both names If you want to find all personnel leave these fields blank School network personnel can also click a School drop down list and choose a school to search Tick this box if you want to include inactive or un assigned personnel in the search results Inactive personnel such as Hollie Hughes in this list are personnel who were deleted but not permanently For more information see page 77 Un assigned personnel such as Elle Baker in this list are no longer assigned to any school or to the school network If you are a school administrator or staff member and you tick this box only deactivated or un assigned personnel who were previously assigned to your school will be found
245. lect the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 83 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Search For Students First Name All Blackwell Lane Blackwell Lane School All Schools O x Year 5 Class Students Enrolled in Any Class gt Last Name All ID A User Name All B Class Enrolment Passwords 8 Print Page 129 Students 1of3 gt bl Barnes Grace gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding 1 James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Ib Ib E P Primary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading 5 Renaissance Place Software Manual Click the name of the student whose information needs changes If a student is assigned to more than one school the studen
246. lected you cannot select a data type to import that is not in the file Click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Wizard Follow the steps below Import File Select School CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerUK txt Yv Check Rows v Data to import 1 F Student Data Required Student first name student last name student birthdate 7 Personnel Data Required Personnel first name personnel last name Class Data Required Course class Select Class Marking Period 2013 2014 x Q F Include student enrolments Required Student first name student last name course class F Include teacher assigned to class Required Teacher first name teacher last name course class F Preview Data Import Recommended Allows you to see an overview of the data that will be imported before any changes are saved ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Check as Select Data Select Options Review Start Import e Tips and examples M Import File Summary Total Records Students 45 Personnel 2 Classes 45 Student fields identified Student First Name Student Last Name Student ID Number Student Year Student Birthdate Personnel fields identified Personnel First Name Personnel Last Name Class fields identified Course Name Class Name or Section No The types of data in the file are auto
247. lick the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt To select all the students in a class click Classes and then click Select at the end of a row for a class Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report 1 Students 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default z OR Create New or Edit Selected a Source c ore d Reporting Period Eastbourne School select e Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea Select Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select 156 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Next tick the box next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report The products that are available for this report are listed After choosing the products click Next gt 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 2 Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourn
248. list the non teaching days that have already been defined for the school if any Administrators can also edit or delete non teaching days see page 16 50 Managing Schools The following sections describe how to view and edit the schools in your school network Viewing Schools Follow these steps to view information about your school Who Can Do This M School Network 1 Onthe Home page click School Network and Schools Administrators M School Network Staff SchoolAdministrators 3 The Manage Schools page lists the SchoolStatt schools that have been added to the Home gt School Network and Schools gt Manage Schools Manage Schools 2 Click View School on the School Network and Schools page Teachers school network so far The list includes select school name to view or edit schoo Learn more about capabilities school names and school network on page 53 o numbers For more information about E P primary school a specific school click the name of the school Eastbourne School Southbridge School Editing Schools Follow these steps to edit the information for your school Who Can Do This M School Network 1 Onthe Home page click School Network and Schools Administrators I School Network Staff 2 Click View School on the School Network and Schools page The View School Administrators School page opens next School Staff 3 Click the sch
249. low Managing Classes Reactivating Classes 4 Click Delete Class in the row for the class you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Year 5 Maths View course information and classes School Eastbourne School Course Details Add Class Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class YSM James James Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students YSM Morgan Morgan Chelsea Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 14 Add Remove Students ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Add Remove m Teachers Delete Class Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class 5 Ifyou want to delete the class permanently tick the Delete Permanently 6 7 box If you do not tick the box the class will become deactivated but it will not be permanently deleted The program will not allow you to permanently delete classes that have assigned teachers or enrolled students Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Delete Class Manuals Help Log Out Delete Class Are you sure you want to delete Class Year 2 Maths Morgan Y2M e Leave the box un ticked to deactivate this Class record It will no longer appear in the software but will re
250. m school assignment Definition The assignment of a personnel member to a school Personnel members can be assigned to more than one school in a school network Related Information Editing Personnel School Assignments page 74 school enrolment The assignment of a student to a specific school Astudent can be enrolled in more than one school in a school network Editing Students School Enrolment page 92 Editing Multiple Students page 102 school level A capacity type that limits capacity for a product to individual schools About Student Capacity page 207 school network A geographical division with specified limits whose school s are administered by a local board of education Changing School Network Information page 40 Editing School Network Personnel Assignments page 76 school network administrator The head of a school network the RP administrator Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 53 Table of Default Capabilities page 58 school network shared Acapacity type that allows schools within a school network to share capacity for a product About Student Capacity page 207 school network staff Non administrative personnel whose job functions may range across several schools in a school network e g curriculum director chief education officer or educational psychologist Switching Roles from the Home Pag
251. mail Within 24 hours click the link in the email to go to a page where you can reset your password If you need a new email go back to step 1 and follow these steps again Using security questions You will be asked one of the questions that you chose on the Login Settings page Enter your answer exactly as you did on the Login Settings page when you selected the question Then click Next If you answer the question correctly you will go on to the next step If not you will get another chance to answer the question the number of attempts allowed may be shown if there is a limit If after that number of attempts you still have not entered the correct answer see your administrator to have your account unlocked and your password changed 5 You will be taken to the Reset Password page Enter a new password in the two fields then click Save RENAISSANCE LEARNING Reset Password Current Password eeccccccccces eecccce Enter New Password A Confirm New Password Passwords are not case sensitive and must include three or more characters and at least one number Save 6 Amessage will confirm that you have successfully changed your password Click OK Your password will be reset and you will go back to the login page where you can log in with your user name and your new password How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators VI School Network St
252. main in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Tick the box to permanently delete this Class record from the database Delete Permanently i Click Yes to finish deleting or deactivating the class The program will tell you whether the class has been deactivated or deleted Click Continue Reactivating Classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff LI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual To restore a class that has been deactivated follow these steps 1 Add a class to this course with exactly the same name as the one that was deactivated When you attempt to save the new class the Duplicate Class Found page opens because the new class name matches the name of the deactivated class Click Activate to restore the old class You will be asked if you want to activate just the class or the class and all its associated records To continue click Only to activate only the class or click All Records to activate the class and all of its records The program will tell you if the class has been successfully activated Click Continue 140 Consolidating Data m Consolidation is only IZ necessary for Renaissance Place Consolidated Reports not product specific reports such as Accelerated Reader s Diagnostic Report STAR Reading
253. mary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash Blackwell Lane Ib Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James James Michael Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 Click the name of the student whose school enrolment needs changes If the student is already enrolled in more than one school the student will be listed more than once it does not matter which location you select 92 x Ifyou want to enrol W more than one student in the same school see Editing Multiple Students on page 102 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Students School Enrolment If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page 5 If you searched for a student who is not enrolled you will go to the School Enrolment tab on the Student Information page If you searched for a student who is already enrolled in a school you will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Click the School Enrolment tab Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Student Information View and edit student details Student Barnes G
254. matically selected gt Ifa data type is not present in the import file that type cannot be selected Remove the tick mark from any data type that you do not want to import Click lt Back if you do not see the data type you want to import Double check the column validation results to make sure the data type is in the file If the options you have chosen up to this point result in no valid data being left to import you will be asked to review the data file If the import file contains class data you can change the marking period the data will be imported into using this drop down list Renaissance Place Software Manual 188 Q If enrolment data has been included in the file it can also be imported Enrolment data is one row of data that includes a class and either a student a personnel member or both See the table on the bottom of page 228 for an example of a file with enrolment data Previewing is recommended because it can help you ensure that data will be imported correctly without creating unnecessary duplicates Previewing does increase the time required for the import v This section shows a summary of the data found in the file the number of records and what types of data have been identified Note Remember that the program will automatically generate certain pieces of information if they are not present in the record see table 1 on page 219 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet
255. ment for up to five products subjects score categories Customisable Status and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated Implementation Progress Maths or Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or Implementation Status results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and School to Home optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions A ADOBE READER 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report gt Ifyou want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics years or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can select one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or click Create New or Edit Selected For more information see page 147 gt To select all the students in the school click Select at the end of the row for the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want gt To select all the students in a single class taught by a specific teacher c
256. mpany names should be considered as the property of their respective companies and organisations Apple iPad iPhone iPod iPod touch iTunes Macintosh and Safari are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the US and other countries App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc Content purchased from iTunes Store is for personal lawful use only Don t steal music Excel Internet Explorer Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the US and or other countries Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation www mozilla org Adobe Reader and Flash are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the US and or other countries As technology advances it becomes necessary for software companies to drop support for older operating systems and third party software It is the responsibility of the customers to keep their computers networks operating systems and third party software up to date and functional Although Renaissance Learning will not discontinue support for older products immediately we will continue to evaluate system requirements and do our best to provide advance notice when it becomes necessary to raise our requirements 9 2015 RPUK Contents Welcome to Renaissance Place cccecccccccceee How It Works in Your School and Classroom cece cece eee nee e ence enees 1 EG BGG Mix cheers ths oes haa leol Say scare Seecea ie beh Edel E EE
257. ms logging in if the user names and passwords include numbers RENAISSANCE LEARNING Student User Name Password Change Your Role Forgot Your UserName 5 Click Log In The student s Home page will open and links will be available for each product the student s class is using If you expect to see links for programs that are not listed make sure the student is enrolled in the correct class see page 106 and that a teacher was assigned to the class and products were selected see page 131 Renaissance Place Software Manual 33 How Students Log In to the Software If You Do Not Know the Student s User Name If You Do Not Know the Student s User Name 1 Click Forgot Your User Name RENAISSANCE LEARNING r x For security reasons an administrator may turn off the ability to search fora student s name For more information see page 210 Renaissance Place Software Manual Student User Name Password Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name CA If you see a page where you can choose the school the student is enrolled in click the name of the school and click Next gt Enter the student s first and or last name in the appropriate blank fields and click Search Note If this page shows the wrong school click change school now click the correct school name and click Next gt RENAISSANCE LEARNING School Roseville School O If this is not your schoo
258. n page 223 SYear Year 5 character or numeric No See Table 9 Student Year on page 223 SID ID 20 character or numeric No SLanguage Language 3 character No See Table 10 Language on page 224 SLast Last Name 35 character Yes SMiddle Middle Name 35 character No SPassword Password 20 character or numeric No SRegionID Student 50 character or numeric No Region ID SUserName User Name 50 character or numeric No Renaissance Place Software Manual 221 Table 4 Personnel Data Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Maximu m Require Header Data Type Length Format d Comment TFirst First Name 35 character Yes TGender Gender 1 character No See Table 8 Gender on page 223 TLast Last Name 35 character Yes TMiddle Middle Name 35 character No TPassword Password 20 character and numeric No By default Renaissance Place requires at least one number in staff passwords TPosition Position 1 character No See Table 11 Personnel Position on page 224 TRegionID Personnel 50 character or numeric No Region ID TUserName User Name 50 character or numeric No Table 5 Class Data Maximu Require Header Data Type m Length Format d Comment Class Class Name or Section 50 character or numeric Yes Number Subject Subject 6 character No See Table 12 Course Class Subjects on page 224 Course Course Name 100 character or numeric Yes
259. n Do This dates the overall capacity purchased and used and the capacity used by each M School Network Administrators school Seu ae 1 Onthe Home page select Product Administration M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers 2 Select View Subscriptions and Capacity The page that opens next shows your subscription and capacity information when available Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual 207 Set up and Maintenance The Set up and Maintenance links let you gt download supporting software see page 26 gt manage live chat support availability see page 10 gt use the Data Editing Restrictions preference to limit editing of information on the server see the instructions below Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference The program administrator can restrict data editing in Renaissance Place or warn users who are attempting to edit data This restricts changes to information about the school network schools school years personnel students courses or classes Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Restrictions are useful if you are using a program that synchronises information in your Renaissance Place database with the information in Teachers another database Follow these steps to restrict or warn users who are trying Learn
260. n Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Ib Ib E P Primary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I Morgan Morgan Chelsea KeyWords Year 5 Reading YSR James Accelerated Reader STAR Reading James Michael ue School personnel can only search for students in their own school They cannot delete students who are not in their school If you are assigned to more than one school on the Home page choose the Change Role option to choose the school from which you want to delete students see page 6 D Renaissance Place Software Manual 5 Click the name of the student that you want to delete If the student is enrolled in more than one school the student will be listed more than once it does not matter which location you select If the list of search results has more than 50 students it will be split into multiple pages Click to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page 114 x The program will not gt allow you to permanently delete students with other records attached to their names such as being assigned to a class those students will be deactivated instead Renaissance Place Software Manual Student Information View and edit student details Student Cougar Car
261. n s Class 2 2012 2013 Student Peomance status application Information Student has no performance data 2 MathsFacts in a Flash Assignments 1 STAR Early Literacy Assessments Keep Both Do not merge the student data Keep both students Students listed here as unique users i gt Delete Student Permanently delete Student A and all associated Q A enrolment and application data Delete Student Permanently delete Student B and all associated B enrolment and application data Keep Student A s personal and demographic _ Merges with information but merge in characteristics class A Ei p pels the enrolment and application specific data from Student Pa B Student B s unscored Accelerated Maths ted assignments will not be merged Merges Keep Student B s personal and demographic Students with information but merge in characteristics class Student B as the primary enrolment and application specific data from Student A Student A s unscored Accelerated Maths assignments will not be merged ancl S 7 Click Next gt after selecting the option 8 Review the information on the confirmation page then do one of the following gt Ifyou chose to merge students click Merge to continue The next page will confirm that the records have been merged Click Done if you have finished merging student records If you want to merge other records click Merge Again gt Ifyou chose to delete one of the studen
262. nce Learning 32 Harbour Exchange Square London E14 9GE 44 0 20 7184 4000 www renlearn co uk R43845 1509
263. nce Place Software Manual Default Capability Set Positions Assigned To School Admin i z Capabilities Deputy Head Teacher Head Teacher Librarian School Staff Doctor EAL Coordinator Educational Psychologist G amp T Coordinator Capabilities O Teacher Class Teacher Accelerated Maths Class Teacher Accelerated Reade Capabilities Managing Capabilities Editing Default Capabilities for New Users in a Group Click Edit Default next to either the School Network User Capabilities or the School User Capabilities If you are a school administrator only the School User Capabilities will be listed If you are a school network administrator and you are changing School User Capabilities choose a school from the School drop down list i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINIST Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Default Capabilities Edit Default Capabilities Select a school and capability set to School Eastbourne School CA Teacher English as an Additional Language EAL Class Teacher Lea 5 Click the user group for which you want to change default capabilities 6 On the next page choose the capabilities that you want users in this group to have The Capabilities Currently Included are those that new users in this group are given when they are added If you do not want new users to get some of these capabilities remove the tick mark next to those capabiliti
264. nel Director gt Reading Specialist gt Secretary School Network gt Special Education Director gt Intervention Specialist gt Librarian School Staff gt gt gt Doctor EAL Coordinator Educational Psychologist G amp T Coordinator Guidance Counsellor Head of Department ICT Subject Leader Interpreter Librarian Resource Coordinator Literacy Subject Leader Occupational Therapist Teachers gt gt gt gt Teachers for each Renaissance Place product Special Education Teacher EAL Teacher Supply Teacher Students Managing Capabilities Viewing Default Capabilities for a User Group Other School Staff Maths Subject Leader Physiotherapist Reading Specialist School Nurse School Secretary Science Subject Leader SENCO Social Worker Speech Therapist Teaching Assistant Lead Teacher Team Teachers general Team Teacher or Team Teacher for each Renaissance Place product Special Duty Teacher All students are in this group Students log in to use some Renaissance Place products such as Accelerated Reader Viewing Default Capabilities for a User Group How Administrators View Capabilities for a Group or Individual Who Can Do This VI School Network Administrators School Network Staff gt M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Man
265. nel to Renaissance Place see page 19 Importing Personnel Information into the Database See Managing Data Imports on page 179 for instructions on how to import personnel information into the database Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Questions Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators MI School Network Staff VJ School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 On the Login Settings page personnel can change their password They should also set their email address and security questions so that they can reset their password or retrieve their user name if their original information has been forgotten Follow these steps 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Login Settings at the bottom of the list under User Profile 3 First you will be asked to re enter your user name and password to confirm your identity This prevents others from changing your settings while you are away from your computer Enter this information then click Sign In RENAISSANCE LEARNING ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network Manuals Login Settings User Name Password Cancel Sign In Renaissance Place Software Manual 65 Managing Personnel Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Questions 4 Now you can change your password or enter your othe
266. ng how many records the message applies to Messages relating to problems during an import will appear in red When you are finished reviewing the import details click Done Message Meaning Insertions New students imported New personnel imported New classes imported New students personnel and or classes were imported into the database New student enrolments A new student has been enrolled in a class New personnel positions assigned Anew personnel member has been assigned to a class Updates Existing students updated Existing personnel updated Existing classes updated There was new information for a student personnel member or class that was already in the database The old information has been updated with the new Existing student enrolments updated One or more students who where already in the database have had their class enrolment information updated Renaissance Place Software Manual 196 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Message Meaning Existing personnel positions assigned class assignment information updated One or more personnel members who where already in the database have had their Non Updates Students not updated no match found Personnel not updated no match found to an existing record You have either chosen to update existing
267. nger be selected and any changes you make to enrolment after that will not be applied to those students Renaissance Place Software Manual 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Cl ick Edit Multiple School Enrolments on the Personnel and Students page 3 Search for the students whose enrolment you want to change d School network personnel can choose a school to search in or all schools If you are a school administrator your school or the one you chose at the Home page is selected You can then select the students year and enter the first name and or last name You may not need to enter all information to find the students Tick the Show Un Enrolled Students Only box if you want to search only for students who are not already enrolled in a school Note that the selected school affects which un enrolled students you see If a specific school is selected when you tick the box or if you area school administrator only un enrolled students who were previously enrolled in that school will be found If All Schools is selected in the School drop down list all un enrolled students will be found when the Show Un Enrolled Students Only box is ticked Click Search The search results will appear below and to the right Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Edit Multiple School Enrolments Edit Multiple School Enrolments Search for students select students and changes and apply c
268. nistrators and staff can choose a school to search in from the School drop down list Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Select Personnel Record Liva Chat Support Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel ee records Search for Personnel First Name m Last Name School All schools v Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search lt Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results Note If the person is assigned to more than one location it does not matter which location you select Renaissance Place Software Manual 81 Renaissance Place Software Manual M
269. nitions of IZ the scores in the STAR products click a STAR product on your Home page then click Resources and then click Definitions D x To change the W reporting periods that are available see page 18 to add reporting periods page 144 to edit them or page 145 to delete them Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Select up to five score categories from the products in the report by ticking the boxes Note that the limit of five is the total for all products you selected After choosing the scores click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Source b Subject c Score d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2c Select Score Categories up to 5 When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Report Customisable Status Report Students All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product Accelerated Reader on ae H E Average Percent Correct V Engaged Time Per Day Percent Above 85 Points Earned S are Est Reading Age Product STAR Reading ubj v Scaled Score SS Cancel lt Back Next gt 7 Next select
270. nnel eee c eee eee E ee ene ene e teen e ences 79 Unlocking Personnel Accounts cece cece eee e erent teen een e eee eeneene 80 Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts 0s cece eee eee eee e eens 80 Unlocking One Personnel Account from the View Personnel Page 000 81 Managing Students ssssssssesesescssssosseses 83 Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information 000 cence eee 83 Search Results for Students Enrolled in a School 0 c cece cence eee eeeee 84 Search Results for Unenrolled Students No School or No Class 00ee eee 85 Searches with Matching Results in Other Schools 0s cee cece nent eens 86 Adding New Students 0 ccc cece ence eee eee eee ene e nee enn ee ennae 86 Importing Student Information into the Database eee e eee eee eee eee 86 Getting Students User Names and Passwords cece ce eee e eee e ene eeees 86 Merging Student Records cc cece cece nee eee nent ence ene eeennes 88 Editing Students School Enrolment 0 cece cece cece eee ene eeennes 92 School Enrolment Single Student 0 ce cece cece ee ence ent e een n een e eee 92 School Enrolment Multiple Students 0 eee eee eee eee nee n nee nee nenae 94 Editing Students Information cece cece a A nee tect been eenee 95 Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One
271. nt Region ID Student User Name Not every type of data needs to be in a record being imported but for each category certain information is required in bold text above gt Records with student data must have the student s first and last names and birth date gt Records with personnel data must have the personnel member s first and last names gt Records with class data must have the class name and the course name 218 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure gt Note If certain types of data are not included in a record Renaissance Place will automatically generate them when the records are imported Table 1 Data Automatically Generated If Not Present in Records For these if this data is not Renaissance Place will create the data in the following manner records in the record and add it to the record during the import Student Student User Name The student s first initial and the first four letters of the student s last name Records are used If there are duplicates a number is added until a unique user name is found Example Jane Smithers would be jsmit John Smithers would be jsmit2 Student ID The student s user name is used for the ID If there are duplicates a number is added until a unique ID is created Example Mark Watson is already in the database user name mwats ID mwats2 Mary Watson is imported with no user name or ID Her user name
272. nted special education needs etc Several standard characteristics are included in Renaissance Place custom characteristics can also be created Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student page 98 Adding Student Characteristics page 99 class Asession in which the subject of a course is taught One primary teacher is selected for a class and team teachers may be added Students are added to enrolled in a class Classes may be complete with a teacher products and students or incomplete Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes page 22 gt Editing Classes page 131 gt Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes page 106 gt Managing Classes page 124 gt Complete and Incomplete Classes page 126 gt Assigning Products to Classes page 129 gt Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 136 Copying Classes from the Previous School Year page 127 class enrolment The assignment of one or more students to a specific class A student can be enrolled ina school and not have any class enrolments but a student enrolled in a class must be enrolled in the school that class takes place in Enrolling or Un Enrolling a Student from Classes page 106 client software Additional software that must be downloaded from Renaissance Place in order to use certain products and or hardware Checking Software Requirements page 26 Renaissance Place Software Manu
273. ntification for the data in that column If the program cannot figure out what the data in a column is Identify this column will be shown in the drop down list and the column will be highlighted in yellow Duplicate columns will automatically be set to Ignore this column r f Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATO Home gt Personnel and Students Manuals Help Log Out Import Wizard E Follow the steps below Live Chat Support Available Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerUK txt v v e Column validation results Tips and examples Col 1 of 8 FNAME Col 2 of 8 LNAME Col 3 of 8 SID Col 4 of 8 SYear Col 5 of 8 COURSE Identify this column 4 Identify this column nA Student ID Number O Student Year X Course Name identify this column 2 Ignore this column Johnson 322 3 Year 3 Class Name or Section No Class Subject 3 Course Name Lewis 329 3 Year 3 Personnel First Name 4 Personnel Gender Campbell 218 3 Year 3 Personnel ID Number Personnel Last Name 5 Personne Middle Name Martin 319 3 Year 3 Personnel Password e Personnel Position Bell 397 3 Year 3 Personne Region ID Personnel User Name 7 student Birthdate Sinclair 362 3 Year 3 Student Characteristics a Student Ethnicity Wilson 371 3 Year 3 Student First Name Student Gender Student ID Number Turner 324 3 Year 3 Student Language o Studen
274. nvalid data Once the file passes validation the first page of the Import Wizard will open On the School Options page the name of the file you have chosen to import will be shown along with the type of file that it is Choose the school and school year you want to import the data into from the School and School Year drop down lists If Renaissance Place only has one school year and or one school in the database they will automatically be entered here You cannot import data until a school year is defined see Adding School Years on page 41 and there is at least one school in the Renaissance Place database 183 x You can also get to gt the Import Status page by clicking View Import Status under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel and Students page Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files If you have previously imported or begun to import a file with the same name you will see an alert to that effect underneath the file name Click View Import Status to read details about that import if finished or to resume the import if not finished go to step 2 of Resuming an Import on page 198 Renaissance Place Real Time Import File Doe A Jones Mary Home gt Personnel and Students Import Wizard Follow the steps below CSV Import UK with S Codes csv txt file import SLast S
275. o records keeping the personal and demographic information from the student A record The program merges the characteristics class enrolment and any data specific to a particular program such as Accelerated Reader quiz scores from student B s record into student A s record gt Merges Students with Student B as the primary Choose this option to merge the two records keeping the personal and demographic information from the student B record The program merges characteristics class enrolment and any data specific to a particular program such as Accelerated Reader quiz scores from student A s record into student B s record 90 Managing Students Merging Student Records Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Merge Students Student Search gt Merge Students Details Merge Students Details Review the information and select the merge option for these two students Selected Student A Information Selected Student B Information Preferred First Name Preferred First Name Date of Birth 03 09 2006 Date of Birth 04 08 2007 User Name elibar User Name ebarnes Gender Male Gender Male 1D elibar ID 212 State Student ID 362893 State Student ID School Enrolments School Enrolments Cameron School Cameron School Class Enrolments Class Enrolments Student has no class enrolments Cameron School Mosman Mr Frost s Class 2011 2012 School Year Application takoraation Cameron School Mosman Ms Hudso
276. oad 31 Start date 20 Student capacity 207 Student characteristics adding 99 deleting 102 editing 100 editing those assigned to one student 98 Students 83 adding 20 adding to classes 134 deleting 114 editing 95 editing class enrolment 106 editing multiple 102 editing school enrolment 92 94 enrolling in a class 134 exporting 109 inactive 114 locked accounts 117 logging in 32 merging records 88 passwords 86 promoting 109 reactivating 116 recovering records 105 user name searching for 34 user names 86 viewing 83 viewing class enrolment 108 Subscriptions alert 5 renewing 207 viewing 207 Support page 31 Supporting software 26 downloading 28 Switching roles 6 Teachers team adding and removing 136 Teachers See Personnel Team teachers adding and removing 136 Technical support 10 Technology Computer Coordinator school computer security policy 29 Third party downloads 30 Tips 7 Troubleshooting 213 computer security policy 29 supporting software 28 U Unlocking accounts 80 117 individual personnel accounts 81 multiple personnel accounts 80 updates 202 Updates to Dashboard 202 Upload speed 31 URL for Renaissance Place 28 User groups 53 User name student searching for 34 User names retrieving forgotten personnel 68 students 86 V Verifying your email address 65 67 Viewing capabilities for a group 54 55 for an indiv
277. oduct has only one subject it is automatically selected Reporting Steps Report Implementation Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject T rmation O Maths Reading vor Cancel lt Back Next gt 5 Next tick the boxes to select up to seven reporting periods To add more reporting periods see page 18 Click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select Reporting Periods up to 7 Reporting Steps Report Implementation Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject 7 b Reporting Period Subject Maths 3 Print Confirmation H v Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 E Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 170 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 On the next page click the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Click the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Click Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Grouping Options Reporting
278. oducts 3 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 3 Do one ofthe following gt Click Add Class in the row for the course that needs the class gt Ifyou want to see the list of classes in the course first click the course that you want to add classes to Then click Add Class on the course page Renaissance Place Software Manual 23 D x Ifyou save a class W without students the class will be on the Incomplete Classes tab See page 126 You cannot save a class without selecting the primary teacher and at least one product Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 4 Enter the information for the new class gt gt Class Name A class name is required Primary Teacher You must select a primary teacher before you can save the class Marking Period Choose the time period during which the class takes place a marking period see page 14 or the entire school year Products Tick the products that the class will use or click Select AU to tick all products Students can only work in the products that have been selected for their classes i Renaissance Place Real Time Course Details Class Name Primary Teacher Products Cancel Save HEGoagsre a Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Add Class Add Class Enter class information School Eastbourne School Course Year 5 Math
279. ome page click Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses and classes that have been added for the school 2 Ifyou see a School drop down list choose the school that has the course you want to edit Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School Add Course Year 2 Reading 1 Class Reading 0 Year 3 Maths 4 Classes Maths 3 4 a ias s Alsa MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 ta a ce a Reading o Year 5 Maths 3 Classes Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year IZo Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course m Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course o Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course o Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course o Add Class 1 Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Add Class 1 Assign Prod Edit Course Delete Cours 3 Click Edit Course in the row for the course on the Courses and Classes page 4 Onthe Edit Course page you can change the course information except for the school where the course is held 5 Click Save to save your changes 121 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt Edit Course Edit Course Enter the course information School Eastbourne School Course Name Year 5 Maths Subj
280. omplete Classes Click the name of the class you want to edit issance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Eastbourne School S Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class YSM Ja Delete Class Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 mes James Michael Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 14 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class 132 x Ifyou save a class P without students it will be on the Incomplete Classes tab x Ifyou change the W class name and the new name matches the name of a class that was deactivated the Duplicate Class Found page will open To activate the inactive class click Activate If you do not want to change this class name or activate the previous class click Cancel Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Editing Classes 5 On the Edit Class page change the class information as needed Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Edit Cla Enter ss ation School Eastbourne School Course Year 5 Maths Course Details Class Name Y5M Morgan Primary Teacher Morgan
281. onfirm Password 1D Gender Year Unique Pupil Number Date of Birth 09 09 2005 Start Date Required for Reception Baseline Assessment Ethnicity None Specified v Language None Specified v User must change password at next login Cancel Save student details Save Details Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment two or more characters gb Will be autogenerated if not entered Female v O Required for Reception Baseline Assessment Delete Student The user name and password are used to log in They cannot be the same If you do not enter a user name the program will generate one Give each student his or her new user name and password if you change them If you change the student s year the previous and next years will also be changed If you tick the User must change password at next login box this student will be required to change his or her password when logging in next time see page 32 You can also choose to delete the student see page 114 7 When you have finished click Save to save your changes or click another tab to make changes to the student s characteristics class enrolment or school enrolment before saving If you do not want to save your changes click Cancel instead 97 Managing Students Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student Who Can Do This M School Network Admini
282. onne gt Capabilities and User Groups oo Students Personnel and Students Page Hi Print Topic Ed Email Topic D This page provides several links that allow you to view or manage the information about personnel and students in your database The links on this page depend on your role and capabilities in the software Personnel Students Related student tasks Login Settings Renaissance Place Software Manual 9 Live Chat Support us x Ifthe link shows that IZ Live Chat Support is not available this means that there are no representatives available to chat right now Refresh your web browser to see if the status changes to available r Need More Help Welcome to Renaissance Place Need More Help Click the chat icon in the upper right corner of the Home page or Live Chat Support on other pages to chat with a member of our support staff Live Chat Support Available Ae By default you can access chat from any Renaissance Place page however school network administrators can set a preference to make it accessible from the Home page only or to turn it off entirely 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Manage Live Chat Support on the Product Administration page 3 On the Manage Live Chat Support page choose from the following options gt On the link is shown on all Renaissance Place pages this is the default setting gt Off the
283. onsider using the template that you can open from the Select Import File page see step 3 in Starting the Import below The template is a Microsoft Excel file that already includes the correct header codes for each type of information that you can import You can enter the information about your students courses classes and teachers in the correct columns You should still read the format requirements in Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import on page 218 gt Ifyou will be using a file that you already have carefully read through Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import on page 218 This appendix has detailed instructions on how to prepare your files to make the import run as smoothly as possible It will tell you how to use a header to label the information and what formats are required for each type of data Once the files have been prepared follow the instructions in the next section Note Only one person should be importing or resuming an import for a specific file at a time If a second person begins to import the same file after the first person has started the second person will usurp the import and force the original importer out of the Import Wizard The same thing will happen if a single person tries to import the same file on two different machines at once the import that was started first will be usurped by the second import 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Import Information
284. ool before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can select one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or click Create New or Edit Selected For more information see page 147 172 x Sample report On the IZ leftside of most pages in this procedure you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample click the report D x Ifyou need to go back IZ atany point during this procedure you can click lt Back or click one of the steps on the left side of the page r Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports gt To select all the students in a school click Select in the row for the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want gt To select all the students in a single class taught by a specific teacher click the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt To select all the students in a class click Classes and then click Select at the end of a row for a class 4 Click the subject you want If you choose Maths the report will include Accelerated Maths data if you choose Readin
285. ool name Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual 51 x Ifyou change the IZ school name to one that is the same as an active or inactive school that is already in the database the Duplicate School Found page opens You can click Cancel if you do not need to D add the school again click Add School if you want to add another school with the same name or click Activate if the original school needs to be reactivated Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 Click Edit School 5 Edit information as needed on the Edit School page 6 To save your changes click Save 52 Managing Schools Editing Schools Renaissance Place real Time Home gt School Network and Schools gt Manage Schools gt View School gt Edit School Edit School Enter the school information Name Eastbourne School Short Name Address 1 Address 2 Town County X Country United Kingdom Great Britain i Postcode Phone Number Fax Number School E mail School URL School Network Number County Number Year Levels Reception To Year12 bl Managing Capabilities Capabilities give users the right to perform specific tasks in the Renaissance Place products They are pre assigned based on gt gt Your position which determines which user group you belong to The tasks that user group usually performs The following sections expl
286. or setting login security and data editing preferences Renaissance Place Tips for gt Instructions to help you get started using the software Getting Started Renaissance Place Tips for gt Helpful hints for consolidating data running reports Consolidated Reports and and using the Dashboard the Dashboard Getting Ready for a New gt A checklist of software tasks that you need to do to School Year prepare for the school year How to Read a Maths Implementation Report Information to help you interpret data in the Renaissance Place Implementation Progress and Status Reports How to Read a Reading Implementation Report Information to help you interpret data in the Renaissance Place Implementation Progress and Status Reports Help in the Software Renaissance Place Software Manual Welcome to Renaissance Place Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place To access the help select on the Home page or Help in the upper right corner of any other page The help opens in a separate tab or window When you click the help link the help looks like the examples on the next page depending on your screen or window size Use the Contents Search and Related Topics to find the information you need Use the Other Products option to go to help for another Renaissance Place product such as STAR Reading You can provide feedback if you have comments or questions The logo lets you know you are in the Renaissance Place hel
287. orts Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Percentage correct average vvovevyv Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report Percentage fiction Implementation Status Report Percentage independent reading Implementation Status Report Points earned gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Points median Implementation Status Report Progress from one reporting period to another gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Ranks Customisable Ranking Report Students at above 85 Number Implementation Status Report Students below 85 Number Implementation Status Report STAR Early Literacy Alphabetic Principle AP gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Concept of Word CW gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report Early Numeracy EN Literacy Skills Classification gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisable Ranking Report gt Customisable Status Report School to Home Report individual students Mean or median ranks gt Customisable Progress Report gt Customisabl
288. orts depends on the products scores and groups you select as well as the products that you have available Information Reports That Include It Accelerated Maths Engaged Time per day v vY vV v v yv Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report Median objectives mastered gt Implementation Status Report Objective level average v v Objectives mastered per week Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report vv v v v Objectives mastered average gt School to Home Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report 151 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Percentage above 85 tests v v v v Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Percentage correct test ha a a i Customisable Progress Report Customisable Ranking Report Customisable Status Report School to Home Report Practice average percentage correct Implementation Status Report Practice percent of students at or above 75 average percentage correct Implementation Status Report
289. osing Which Products to View on the Dashboard 00 cece eee ee eeee 202 Opening the Dashboard Automatically When You LogIn 0 cece ee eens 203 Creating and Printing Custom Views on the Dashboard e cece eee 204 Going Back to the Home Page cece cc cece eee cece e nee ene eennees 206 Subscriptions and Student Capacity 207 About Student Capacity 0 ccc cece ccc nec e nee e ene e teen e ne een eens 207 Students Enrolled in Multiple Schools 0 cece cece eee e cece e teen eee eees 207 Viewing Subscriptions and Capacity 0c ccc cece eee eee eee eenes 207 Set up and Maintenance ccccscccecccceeses 208 Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference 00 c cece cece eee teens 208 Access and Security eeee0ese5080xs0e0eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 210 Setting Login Attempts Allowed ccc cece cece cece nee e nee ee nee eenneee 210 Security Options for Students cece cece cee n eee eee ee eens 211 Renaissance Place Software Manual v Contents Troubleshooting and FAQS ccecccecceccseees 213 SSUES EEE lucien Seas teen gat ecb aig BREE oc brah lle a atuseae dunce E T Be faee g aves Ges wlarcuie tice Secu A 213 have added my classes but cannot see them in the reports Assignment Books or Record Books for my products and when students log in they see a message saying they are not enrolled
290. ot want to save your changes click Cancel instead Managing the Characteristics Available in a School Adding Student Characteristics Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual As you assign characteristics to students you may find that some characteristics you would like to assign are not in the list Follow the steps below to add characteristics for one or more schools Characteristics can be helpful when you are creating reporting parameter groups to use when generating reports For more information about reporting parameter groups see page 147 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel and Students page 99 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you add characteristics see page 6 The characteristics you add will be for the school you select r 5 Enter the name Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School 3 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Manage Student Characteristics page use it to choose the school you want to add the characteristic to or choose All Schools
291. oup All Demographics Default a Source Group by School then list Year b Subject d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Subject Maths Column 1 Accelerated Maths Score Category Per cent Correct Test Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 2 Accelerated Reader Score Category Average Percent Correct Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 3 STAR Reading Score Category Est Reading Age Reporting Period Spring 2013 The rank order on the report will be based on Column 1 Per cent Correct Test all Include students with Above Between and Below Show results as 0 Mean average Median middle number Print Report Options Print selected report options on the report 0 Median cannot be calculated for one or more of the categories selected Click one of the options at the bottom of the page to choose whether to show mean or median scores Note Means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report tick the Print selected report options on the report box Click View Report to see the report When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only t
292. our file includes new students Tick Update the existing student in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to use the import file to update information for existing Renaissance Place students when it finds a match If you are importing to update enrolment records for a new school year and there are no new students tick this box but not the Create a new student box The primary criteria for determining a match are chosen here either First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name or Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Note that Student IDs cannot be used as matching criteria if the records being imported do not have them Renaissance Place Software Manual 190 If necessary tick the appropriate boxes to have students in Renaissance Place only be a match for those in the import file if the students are in the same year or school Note that the school year is taken into account if the Same Year option is chosen Example If the current school year is 2013 2014 and you are importing John Robert Smith who was in year 3 during the 2011 2012 school year into a school where there is another John Robert Smith who in the current school year is in year 5 they would be considered a match The assumption is that in the two years from 2011 to 2013 the John Robert Smith whose record is being imported would have advanced two years moving him from y
293. our user name then select Change Role Then choose the role you want to work as and click Done Caroline Coopers Ji MEE O SE gt Change Role x JS Teacher User School 2 Log Out School User School 2 Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Software Manual You will find many tools in the software to help you learn how to use Renaissance Place including gt Manuals and other documents see page 7 gt Help in the software see page 8 gt Live Chat Support see page 10 Welcome to Renaissance Place Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place Manuals and Other Documents Renaissance Place Software Manual To access the software manuals and other useful documents click Manuals in the upper right corner of any page On the Home page click then Manuals Clicking that link lists the documents available for the Renaissance Learning products installed on your server For Renaissance Place you will find these documents helpful Document Renaissance Place Software Manual gt What It Gives You General information about the software gt Step by step instructions for working with the software gt Procedures for managing information about your school network school years schools courses classes personnel and students and about changing capabilities for users gt Instructions for consolidating data and generating reports gt Procedures f
294. ource p Sober Next gt c Score d Reporting Period e P Customisable Progress Report All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default STAR Maths STAR Reading Group by School not grouped gt 2 Grouping Reporting Data 3 Print Confirmation Subject Maths Score Category Scaled Score SS Reporting Period Reporting Period Subject Score Category Reporting Period Reporting Period Then list Years e Fall 2012 Spring 2013 Reading Est Reading Age Fall 2012 Spring 2013 Cancel lt Back Next gt 9 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Now choose whether to include the mean or median scores by clicking one of the options below the reporting data You can also choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report Click View Report to generate the report Renaissance Place Real Time Return to Reports Reporting Steps Ou Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Report Show results as Mean average Customisable Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by School then list Year b Subject c Score Reporting Data T ee ASE Subject Maths a Score Category Scaled
295. ow for the class i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT SCHOOL NETWORK 195 Eastbourne Saigo 190 Export Year 2 Maths Year 2 Maths 2012 2013 1 Export Year 2 Reading Year 2 Reading 2012 2013 1 Export Year 3 Maths Y3M CMorgan 2012 2013 13 Export gt To export information about all the students in a specific year click the school name Then click Years below the school name Click Export in the row for the year i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT SCHOOL NETWORK 195 Eastbourne School 190 Export Reception 4 Export Year 3 40 Export Year 4 21 Export O Year 5 32 Export 110 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Exporting Students gt Exporting information about a single student requires you to select just that student There are a number of ways to find and select a particular student Via one of the student s teachers Click Teachers on the previous page then click the teacher s name You can then either click Students for a list of students in all classes for that teacher or click the name of one of the teacher s classes for a list of all the students in that
296. owever if you need to unlock an administrator staff or teacher account before then you can do one of two things gt Tounlock more than one personnel account see Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts below gt To unlock just one account see Unlocking One Personnel Account from the View Personnel Page on the next page School network personnel can unlock any personnel account If you are a school administrator you can unlock accounts for personnel in your school if you have access to more than one school use the Change Role option on the Home page to choose the school that needs accounts unlocked see page 6 Note For help unlocking the default administrator account the one given to the Renaissance Place administrator contact Renaissance Learning Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts x You can control the JZ number of times the wrong password can be entered before the program locks the account To do this r use the Account Login preference see page 210 for details Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to unlock multiple personnel accounts 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Click Clear Locked Personnel on the Personnel and Students page The Clear Locked Personnel page will list all personnel whose accounts are locked 3 To clear locks for individuals click Clear in the row for each person To clear locks for all personnel at once
297. p Aretha Christina 31 01 2002 GWJ54C F Justice Wyatt Kevin MEU82T Johns Holly Olivia F 26 04 2004 MIR71A Talley Jason Humbert LJS85M Ware Kylie Erasmus M 09 03 2004 ZKT47K Wiley Kylan Alan Osborn Ila Dierdre F 10 06 2004 ZQV900 Warren Hannah Huntington BLX83T The file does not have a header row The student s birth date is formatted incorrectly Aperiod is used instead of a comma to separate Nolan from Julie This will cause two problems gt The program will not realise that these are two separate names gt When the number of items in each row are counted to determine what the standard number is it will count these two names as a single item throwing off the item count for that row The gender F is in the wrong place after the ID instead of before the birth date like the others No problems Watch out for extra delimiters at the end of rows The comma at the end of this row is correct if the second person in the record Kylan Alan Wiley has no ID the comma will be interpreted as an empty cell and included when counting the number of items in the row The comma is incorrect if the person has an ID but it has not been entered into the database In this row there is an extra comma after the first ID ZQV900 The program will count this as an empty cell throwing off the item count for the row The current item count for each row would be 10 O 9 10 O 10
298. p If you go to another program s help you will see the logo for that program To print or email the current help topic use the links just under the topic title Welcome to Renaissance Place Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place RENAISSANCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Browse Help Content Related Topics Personnel and Students Page Renaissance Place Other Products Adding personnel O w Print Topic EA Email Topic 0 Logging In Adding students This page provides several links that allow you to view or manage the Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding student characteristics information about personnel and students in your database The links on this Getting Ready for a New School page depend on your role and capabilities in the software Clearing locks for multiple personnel Year Troubleshooting and Personnel accounts Frequently Asked Questions a z Clearing locks for multiple students Need M Gia RENAISS KCE LEARNING gt Capabil E S Renaissance Place Browse Help Content Personnel and 0 Students Page Logging In Renaissance Place Other Products D S Print Topic EJ Email Topic Setting Up Renaissance Place Getting Ready for a New School This page pi INIA ETENE vear manage th Troubleshooting and Frequently your databa Asked Questions aid apabi Need More Help Browse Help Content O B search Q gt Renaissance Place Management Pers
299. p of the page If you accidentally select a record you can click Remove to remove it from this list 5 The next step depends on which page you are on gt Ifyou are on the Merge Students Merge Candidates page click Compare at the end of a row to compare the students in the row gt Ifyou are on the Merge Students Student Search page click Compare Renaissance Place Software Manual 89 x You can only merge JZ the records of duplicate students who are currently enrolled in a school See page 92 for information on enrolling students r Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Merging Student Records Review the information in the two records on the Merge Students Details page Then click one of the options on the next page gt Keep Both Students Click this option if the records are actually separate students with the same name gt Delete Student A Click this option if the first student you chose student A is a duplicate of the second student student B and all the information you want to keep for the student is already included in student B s record gt Delete Student B Click this option if the second student you chose student B is a duplicate of the first student student A and all the information you want to keep for the student is already included in student A s record gt Merges Students with Student A as the primary Choose this option to merge the tw
300. page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only view information for students in the school you select Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Home page click Users Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page Use the search fields to choose which students to search for on the next page For detailed search instructions see page 83 86 x The NEO 2or MPX Responder PIN is for Managing Students Getting Students User Names and Passwords 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students SA Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search For students School Eastbourne School x Year Al Class Students Enrolled in Any Class First Name All Last Name All ID All User Name All anO Class Enrolment Passwords Q View PDF print Page Ea 130 Students 1of3 gt Zo Adams Nathan na 8 na NAL Alden James ja ja JA1 Anderson Elizabeth ea ea EA1 142 160 680 Year 1 Maths Year 1 Maths 142 160 742 Year 1 Maths Year 1 Maths Baker Molly mb 3 mb MB1 5 If results are found click the Passwords tab This tab lists each student s ID year user name password and NEO 2 or Responder PIN To students who are using see birth dates
301. permanently deleted is Whean Powis you can restore the personnel record M School Network Administrators Follow these steps to restore inactive personnel records VI School Network Staff Mlschoolldmintctratore 1 Onthe Home page click Users School Staff 2 Click View Personnel Teachers 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you are Fe eee not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of Make sure you tick the Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records box Note that if you are a school administrator this will only find deactivated un assigned personnel who were previously assigned to your school Click Search i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel Live Chat Support Search for Personnel First Name O Last Name School All schools v O Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O a Aitken Lorenzo Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Anderson Noah Un assigned School Network Secretary School Network Select Anderson Noah Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Sel
302. ported does not match any Renaissance Place student if you want the program to compare students in the file to those in Renaissance Place and automatically create a new student in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a student in the file Choose this option when your file includes new students Tick Update the existing student in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to use the import file to update information for existing Renaissance Place students when it finds a match If you are importing to update enrolment records for a new school year and there are no new students tick this box but not the Create a new student box If class data is included in the student records you can use this drop down list to see a preview of which students will be enrolled in which classes If there is no class data included in the student records this drop down list will not appear on the page Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 13 On the next page you can choose the options that determine whether personnel in the file match those who are already in Renaissance Place See the screens below and on the next page Choose the criteria that the program should use to determine if an imported personnel record matches an existing record After you choose the personnel options click Next gt Personnel options if you chose to preview
303. products require supporting software programs such as Adobe Reader to view and print reports The supporting software must be installed on each individual computer used to work with Renaissance Place programs If some of the software that you need to use Renaissance Place is not installed or is outdated you or your students may see messages about the missing software The top of the Downloads page shows you the Renaissance Place address and the RPID You need the address or RPID when you set up certain Renaissance Place downloads or iOS apps The RPID is a unique identifier that provides a shortcut to your Renaissance Place site RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer 0O Dow n loa d S Renaissance Place ID wwis RP O Support Renaissance Place Downloads O Windows Macintosh ios The following applications are available for use on this computer Windows applications AccelScan Download Installed Download Download Acceler A Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Test Download Adobe Flash Player ting and scoring as well as student Installed Download Renaissance Place Software Manual 28 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements For the Renaissance Place Downloads you will see tabs for the supported operating systems on the previous page and below The operating system that is on your computer or d
304. r Course Class Kyra Barrera 04 03 2003 1 F John Cantu M Reading Young Readers Colt Pollard 14 12 2002 2 M Hanae Steele F Maths Add It Up Yvonee Sims 13 04 2003 1 M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Share Kiayada Benson 07 09 2003 1 F John Cantu M Reading Young Readers Martin Mann 13 10 2004 R M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Time Nyssa Howard 09 05 2002 2 F Alvin Beasley M Maths Productivity Chad Estes 22 10 2002 2 M Brent McKay M Maths Divide and Conquer Renaissance Place Software Manual 228 Glossary Words in italics are links to other glossary terms Term capability Definition The ability to perform certain tasks in the Renaissance Place program or other programs Default capabilities are assigned to people based on what user group they belong to but they can be changed either for individuals or for user groups and also for existing users or new users Vv Related Information Managing Capabilities page 53 gt Table of Default Capabilities page 58 capacity The number of students that are allowed to use Renaissance Place products Capacity limits can be purchased or tracked at either the schoo level or school network level Additional capacity can be purchased when necessary About Student Capacity page 207 characteristic An attribute assigned to a student e g gifted and tale
305. r information To show or hide a section of the page click the arrow in the heading for that section gt If you want to change your password enter your new password in the aS two fields Ds When your email gt Ifyou want to enter your email address enter it in the fields provided ae address isused if you do not enter an email address you will not be able to use the Forgot Your User Name or Password link on the login page if you cannot gt To retrieve a forgotten user name see page 68 remember your information gt To verify your identity so that When you enter or change an email address and save your changes you you can veset a forgotten will be sent an email asking you to verify the address see step 6 If you password see page 67 need a new email sent return to this page and click Re send gt To notify you of changes to ois X pa es 3 Verification in the Email Notification section your account gt Ifyou want to enter security questions select each question and enter your answer Security questions can be used to confirm your identity when you forget your password and need to reset it see page 67 but they are not required Each security question must be different and you cannot enter the same answer to more than one security question RENAISSANCE LEARNING Catherine Brown School Manuals Login Settings User Name cbrown Current Password eeecccccccccccoccces Enter New Password O
306. r of items in every row and seeing how many the majority of the rows have That majority is considered the standard number of items and any record that has more or fewer items than that will be ignored during the import In order to import information into Renaissance Place at least one school year will need to be set up and you must have at least one school See Adding School Years on page 41 to add school years One of the first steps during an import is selecting a school year to import the data into later in the process you can narrow this down to a specific marking period if you have created any and are importing class data If not the school year will be used To create a marking period see Defining Marking Periods on page 14 The next two pages show examples of files before and after preparation for import 226 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions txt or csv File in Plain Text Editor Comma Separated Values Before Preparation In this example each row has two types of data a student and a personnel member Since there is no class data included see page 225 two separate unrelated records will be created in Renaissance Place for each row during this import a student record and a personnel record Knight Bethany Lynn F January 10 2003 NNM15K Hendricks Shelley Anne TZP27N Bass Chancellor Herbert M 13 08 2003 HOT80F Nolan Julie Johanna JCZ100 Shar
307. race Cancel Details Characteristics School Enrolment Q Class Enrolment School Enrolment for Grace Barnes Eastbourne School Un enrol Year 5 School List School network Number Enel T Enrol E P Primary School Eastbourne School Southbridge School 6 The student s current school will be listed on the School Enrolment tab gt Ifyou want to remove the student from a school click Un enrol for that school The student remains in the database even if he or she is not enrolled in a school gt Ifyou want to enrol this student in another school click Enrol at the end of the row for that school The school will be added to the list at the top of the page 7 Click Save 93 Managing Students Editing Students School Enrolment School Enrolment Multiple Students Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only un enrol students in the school you select When you click Next gt gt or lt lt Previous the students you selected in the previous group of search results will no lo
308. rate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps Report Customisable Status Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by School then list Year b Subject d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Subject Reading Column 1 Accelerated Reader Score Category Average Percent Correct Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 2 Accelerated Reader Score Category Engaged Time Per Day Reporting Period Spring 2013 Subject Reading Column 3 STAR Reading Score Category Est Reading Age Reporting Period Spring 2013 Show results gs Mean average 6 Median middle number Print Report Options V Print selected report options on the report 168 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 12 Click View Report to see the report 13 When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press F8 Implementation Progress Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrator
309. rimary School Students Personnel Classes Student enrolments G_H txt ADMINISTRATOR USER Teachers assigned to classes 23 Status Action Scheduled 33 Cancel this Import 194 lt x An import stopped by v clicking Stop this Import cannot be resumed Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 17 The Import Status window will show a progress meter while the import is taking place If you want to stop the import before it is finished click Stop this import If you click Stop this Import any data that was imported before you clicked it will still be in the database Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Status School Cameron School v School Year 2012 2013 a Import File Enrolment school Uploaded by Import data Status Action CSV Import csv Cameron School Importing ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 11 ocooeoo room Stop this Import Classes 1 p p Student enrolments 11 Teachers assigned to classes 1 CSV Import csv Cameron School Import completed ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 11 29 05 2013 13 21 Personnel 1 Merge candidates 0 Classes Student enrolments Teachers assigned to classes 1 Details CSV Import csv ADMINISTRATOR USER Cameron School Last step completed Select School 18 When the import is complete the Import Status window will show you the status of the
310. riods for Consolidated Reports on page 18 Editing Reporting Periods Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Reporting periods are used for Consolidated reports You select the reporting periods to include when you generate one of these reports Each reporting period is available to every teacher and administrator who uses the Renaissance Place software on this server Follow these steps when you want to change a reporting period 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click View Reporting Periods on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 144 x Changes to reporting W periods will not be available for Consolidated reports until after the next consolidation Managing Consolidated Reports Deleting Reporting Periods 3 On the Reporting Periods page click Edit in the row for the reporting 4 period that you want to change i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINIS Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods Reporting Periods Add Reporting Period Spring 2012 Sunday 08 January 2012 Saturday 09 June 2012 Fall 2011 Thursday 01 September 2011 Saturday 07 January 2012 Edit Delete Spring 2011 Saturday 08 January 2011 Saturday
311. row the first one in the file will be chosen as the header If that row is not the correct header row select the correct row during the import see step 7 on page 185 gt If the files you are importing have columns of data that cannot be imported not one of the 23 types allowed you can either remove that data from the files or you can create a fake header for that data like XYZ or DoNotImport and instruct the program to ignore that column during the import see step 7 on page 185 gt Itis possible to combine different types of data student personnel or class into a single record You cannot do this with the same types of data for example a record could have a student and a class in it but not a student and another student The software will interpret records with multiple data types as follows Types of Data Presentina Interpretation During the Import Record Example Header and Record This is a Student data SLast SFirst Course Class Student record for Timothy class data Roberts Timothy English Creative Writing Roberts who is enrolled in Creative Writing a class in the English course Personnel data TLast TFirst Course Class Personnel record for Sally Andrews class data Andrews Sally English Creative Writing who is assigned to Creative Writing a class in the English course Student data SLast SFirst T Last T First Course Class Student record for Timothy personneldata _Roberts Timothy An
312. rting it click Cancel This will stop the import you will not be able to resume the import but you can edit the file and then start the import over again from the beginning gt Ifyou need to temporarily stop the import process and you do not have to make any changes to the file click Save and Exit This will save the import at its current stage and you or another user can resume the import later see the following section Resuming an Import 197 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Resuming an Import If at any point during an import you halt the process by clicking Save and Exit the information and options you have entered up to that point will be saved A saved import can be resumed within 30 days of the original date it was saved on Even if the import is saved restarted on a later date then saved again the 30 day limit is calculated from the original save date not the subsequent one After 30 days the import will have to be started over again A saved import does not have to be resumed by the person who originally saved it gt Aschool administrator can resume an import saved by any other school administrator in that school gt Aschool network administrator can resume an import in any school in the school network regardless of who began it If a school network administrator resumes an import that was saved by a school administrator and chooses a differ
313. rting software 26 28 AccelScan 28 Renaissance Responder 28 Downloads 28 29 Renaissance Place 29 third party 30 E Editing capabilities for an individual 73 for existing users in a group 57 for new users in a group 55 Renaissance Place Software Manual Index Editing class enrolment for one student 106 Editing classes 131 Editing courses 121 Editing marking periods 14 Editing non teaching days 16 Editing personnel 70 school assignments 74 school network assignments 76 Editing reporting periods 144 Editing school enrolment for multiple students 94 for one student 92 Editing school years 42 Editing schools 51 Editing student characteristics assigned to a student 98 names 100 Editing students 95 multiple students 102 Editing the school network 40 Email address verifying 65 67 Email address how personnel enter 65 Enrolling a student in classes 106 ERA Estimated Reading Age 200 Error messages for reports 178 Estimated Reading Age See ERA Estimated Reading Age Ethnicity blocking reports based on 149 Exiting the software 10 Exporting students 109 F Firewall 31 Forgot Your Password link 67 Forgot Your User Name or Password link 68 Forgotten password 67 Forgotten passwords personnel 65 Forgotten user name personnel 68 Frequently Asked Questions FAQs 215 H Hardware requirements 26 Help in the software 8 Home page 3 Implementation Progress Report
314. rts What to Do If You Cannot Print Consolidated Reports What to Do If You Cannot Print Consolidated Reports If one or more consolidated reports are in grey text and are not links you will see an error message that explains why If specific reports are not available you will see an asterisk next to the report The table below lists the error messages and what you can do to generate the reports Error Message Reports cannot be generated until a reporting period is added and data is consolidated Applicable Reports All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports Corrective Action Add at least one reporting period see page 18 To generate the Customisable Progress Report you will need at least two reporting periods since that report compares progress between reporting periods The Customisable Progress Report cannot be generated until an additional reporting period is added Customisable Progress Report Add one more reporting period see page 18 Reports cannot be generated until data is consolidated All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports Make sure you have set up a consolidation schedule see page 141 Since these reports use consolidated data you cannot use them until after the first consolidation Data consolidation is in progress Reports cannot be generated until it completes All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports Wait until the data consolidation finishes
315. ry year or copy them from one year to the next You can also import classes see page 11 The following procedures describe how to view class information add classes edit class information change the enrolment for a class change the teachers and products assigned to a class delete classes or copy the class set up from previous school years Follow these steps to view class information 1 Check the school year shown above your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program If you are not working in the correct school year see the instructions on page 44 to choose the school year during which the class takes place 2 On the Home page click Courses and Classes 3 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Eastbourne School Qi Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2013 2014 School Year Add Class pu Reading i Delete Course Add Class Year 3 Maths Assign Products 4 Classes Paths z a Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 3 Reading Assign Products 2 Classes Reading A O Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Year 4 Maths z Assign Products 3 Classes MathsFacts in a Flash 4 3 o Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Reading die i Delete Course
316. s Marking Period 2012 2013 x KeyWords Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader MathsFacts in a Flash STAR Early Literacy STAR Maths STAR Reading Students Add students Select All 5 Click Add Students to search for and add students to the class 24 x The program only P searches for students who are enrolled in your school If you did not find the student whose class enrolment needs to be changed you may need to make sure the student is enrolled see page 92 or add the student to the database see page 20 x Ifthe classname W matches the name of aclass that was inactivated for this school the Duplicate Class Found page will open To activate the inactive class click Activate If you do not want to add the class or activate a previous class click Cancel Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 6 The Add Remove Students page shows the student s who are currently enrolled in the class if any Search for the students that you want to enrol in the class You can enter the first name last name and or ID in the blank fields to search for individual students or select a year without entering other information if you want to find all students in that year Then click Search to see the results Only students in this school will be found Renaissance Place Real Time ADM
317. s School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Implementation Progress Report compares student achievement in Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Maths in up to seven reporting periods To choose options for the report and generate it follow these steps 1 Onthe Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click Implementation Progress Renaissance Place Real Time Beatrice Thompson School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Reports Manuals Help Log Out Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View Reporting Periods The next consolidation will be on Thursday 21 March 2013 02 00 00 Reporting data is current through Wednesday 20 March 2013 02 02 06 Shows change or growth in student achievement on one or two assessments Customisable Progress administered at different times There must be at least two reporting periods available to run this report Summarises student achievement on up to three assessments sorting the Customisable Ranking results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achievement for up to five products subjects score categories Customisable Status and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated O Implementation Progress Maths or
318. s Y5M James James Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 13 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Maths 14 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class 5 Doone of the following gt Click the class name on one of the tabs to see the team teachers that have been added so far Then on the Edit Class page click Add Remove in the Team Teachers row gt Inthe row for the class click Add Remove Team Teachers 137 Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 6 Onthe Add Remove Team Teachers page if you need to add teachers follow these steps a Enter the teacher s first and or last name b Click Search c Inthe search results find the teacher that you want to add and click Assign The teacher will be added to the Product Access and Lead table on the right d Tick the teacher s name under each product that the teacher will be using with the class If the team teacher is actually the lead teacher for a specific product click the Lead option for that teacher Note that only one teacher per class primary or team can be the lead teacher for a product For each product the lead teacher s name appears on reports for that product e Repeat these steps to add more team teachers Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Add Remove Team Teachers
319. s SALTS eis 2 Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page M School Network Staff 3 To find the students whose class enrolments you want to view enter V School Administrators g o er i and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page M School Staff You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search by M Teachers name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search Learn more about capabilities g E on page 53 instructions see page 83 4 Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Live Chat Support Search For Students School All Schools z Year 5 Class Students Enrolled in Any Class y First Name All Last Name All ID All User Name All B Class Enrolment O Passwords D B Print Page 129 Students E 1of3 gt bl ID School Course Classes Teacher Products Assigned Barnes Grace gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Blackwell Lane Ib E P Primary School Year 4 Maths Year 4 Maths Davis Davis Yasmin MathsFacts in a Flash Blackwell Lane Ib Eastbourne
320. s This is only helpful if you have assigned characteristics to students see page 98 To select students in specific years tick the box next to each year you want to include You can select each student s year as you add the student 148 Managing Consolidated Reports Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity Teachers and administrators can create a reporting parameter group based on characteristics or ethnicities and use that group to decide which students will be included on their Renaissa nce Place reports If you prefer not to allow personnel to include students based on these criteria you can remove these two capabilities Filter Reports by Characteristics and Filter Reports by Ethnicity Personnel who do not have these capabilities cannot select characteristics or ethnicities when they create a reporting parameter group Also when they print reports characteristics and ethnicity will be omitted gt Tochange capabilities for future users who have not yet been added to the database see page 55 gt To change capabilities for existing users who are already in the database see page 57 gt To change capabilities for individual users see page 73 Report Descriptions Reports show you scores for your entire school or for a specific teacher class or student The following table describes each Consolidated report Report Name Cus
321. s 160 Customisable Status Report ciers cece cece ener e eee nett nee n eee TE E va 165 Implementation Progress Report 0 cece cece eee eee e een eee n eee nee nene 169 Implementation Status Report 0 cece een een ene ene eee ee eneee 172 School to Home Report 6 ccc cece eee e nee beeen enn ee ee ene eee 175 What to Do If You Cannot Print Consolidated Reports 0 cece eee e eee 178 Managing Data Imports eccecceeccvereeee 179 Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File 179 Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 182 File Preparation sre vateays uated ann EE vue ee ea ee ee OTENE 182 Starting the Mport seiis 0 sscko ces renka na EKEN a E aes ER cee eee EE 182 Import Details enterese See tee nae oi ei Seda dines daa G Naa tune EE ERA aaiee Reems aes 196 Stopping an Import Canceling versus Saving cece eee een tenn teen eens 197 Resuming ANIM POMS ced onrccchanlic ts caus dale ts deal aie E teas Male EEE Matera g BSE 198 Renaissance Place Dashboard eeeceeeeeeee 200 Opening the Renaissance Place Dashboard 0 ce cece eee e eect eee neces 200 What Is Included in the Renaissance Place Dashboard e eee ee ee 200 Who Can See the Dashboard cece c eee een een ene e ence ne enees 201 How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated ccc cee cece ccc een eee eens 202 Cho
322. s at midnight every day however if you need to unlock a student s account before then follow the steps below School network personnel can unlock accounts for any student School administrators and staff can unlock accounts for students in their school Teachers can unlock accounts for students in their classes 1 On the Home page click Users 2 Click Clear Locked Students on the Personnel and Students page The Clear Locked Students page will list all Students whose accounts are locked 117 Managing Students Unlocking Student Accounts 3 To clear locks for all students at once click Clear All Student Locks To clear locks for individuals click Clear in the row for each student To search for a specific student enter all or part of the first name last name and or ID in the blank fields You can also specify the year with the Year drop down list Then click Search If the list of results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click Next gt gt to see the next page of results or lt lt Previous to go back Home gt Personnel and Students gt Clear Locked Students Clear Locked Students Clear login locks for multiple users Search for Locked Student First Name ID O Last Name Year All years iz Search l Clear All Student Locks O Pre s Next gt gt Baker Molly 3 mb Eastbourne School Currently Enrolled Clear Matthews Lewis 5 lew Eastbourne School Currently Enrolled Clear
323. s detected View Details 14 1 2008 11 46 42 AM STAR Early Literacy W Consolidation complete View Details 14 1 2008 11 46 40 AM amp STAR Maths Consolidation complete View Details 14 1 2008 11 46 39 AM STAR Reading Consolidation complete View Details E i O 5 A consolidation will begin to run on the products where it has failed previously Keep the following in mind gt You will not be able to view or generate any Consolidated reports until the reconsolidation is complete just as with a regular consolidation gt Ifthe start time of a scheduled consolidation time comes up during an active reconsolidation the scheduled consolidation will be delayed until after the reconsolidation is done 143 Managing Consolidated Reports About Consolidated Reports Renaissance Place software allows you to generate and print reports that include data from more than one Renaissance Place product School network administrators school administrators and teachers have access to Consolidated reports The reports are not available until the following have happened gt Reporting periods have been added as described on page 18 gt Consolidation has taken place to schedule consolidation see page 141 For a description of Consolidated reports see Report Descriptions on page 149 To print the reports see page 149 Adding More Reporting Periods To add additional reporting periods see Adding Reporting Pe
324. s in Accelerated Reader and Accelerated Maths 1 Ifyou want to copy marking periods into a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first See page 44 2 On the Home page click School Years 3 Click Add Edit Marking Periods 4 Ifyou have access to multiple schools on the Select Schools page tick the box for each school for which you want to copy marking periods Then click Next gt On the Add Edit Marking Periods page the Copy Marking Periods link will be available if you have not copied marking periods into this school year before Click the link Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods ui Add Edit Marking Periods Add or edit marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 01 08 2013 31 07 2014 School 2 Schools Copy Marking Periods from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted Name Start Date EH End Date Ea Type Marking Period aa Adi There are currently no marking periods created for this school year 45 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing School Years Copying Marking Periods from the Previous School Year 6 The marking periods that can be copied will be listed Note that the dates will be adjusted when you copy them to be within the new school year To continue click Copy Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School
325. s product such as the Accelerated Maths Class Marking Periods preference or the STAR Maths Testing Password preference School network personnel can change these for any school School personnel can only change them for their own school View School Network View school network preferences such VA Preferences as the Data Editing Restrictions preference v available can be added unavailable Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Capability Determines Who Can School School Teacher Network Admin Staff Admin Staff View School Preferences View school preferences for any Renaissance Place product v v v v v Manage Default Capabilities Choose the capabilities for any person or group using Renaissance Place software School network personnel can manage capabilities for any group at any school or at the school network School personnel can only manage capabilities for personnel at their own school v vV View Default Capabilities View the capabilities given to new users in each group Capabilities for existing users may be different School network personnel can view capabilities for school network personnel and personnel in any school School personnel can view capabilities for their school Renaissance Place Software Manual 63 v available can be added unavailable Managing Personnel Th
326. sance Place Real Time Managing Personnel Deleting or Deactivating Personnel 2 Click View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you are not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you are unsure of School network personnel can also choose a school to search in Click Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name m O Last Name School All schools v Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search O lt lt Previous Next gt gt Personnel Location Primary Postion tion Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select O Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Manuals Help Log Out ADMINISTR
327. school network information Name Short Name Address 1 Address 2 Town 4 Click Save 40 Managing School Years This section explains how to add change edit or delete school years and how to view set or copy marking periods and non teaching days Each year you must add the new school year before you can use your Renaissance Place software in that school year When the new school year begins that will be the year that all users are working in automatically when they login Administrators staff and teachers can choose to work in a different school year see page 44 You can also use the school years and marking periods that you add when you print reports or set targets in Renaissance Place products Non teaching days are used in calculations in some reports Adding School Years Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou use W Renaissance Place during summer school see Knowledge Base article http support renlearn com techkb techkb 7901571e asp for more information about setting your school year dates Renaissance Place Software Manual When you start using Renaissance Place software the first year is entered for you Follow these steps to add new school years When each new school year starts that year will automat
328. school year Renaissance Ledrning or Capacity is used when a student performs a task in the product such as taking when you renew your subscription Renaissance an Accelerated Reader quiz or a STAR test Learning will automatically update your site once the order Capacity the student limit is purchased for each individual school however a is processed school network can choose to combine their individual school capacities together This is called School Network Shared capacity School Network Shared capacity is only available when all schools are on the same Renaissance Place site and the product licence types models and subscription dates match In a School Network Shared capacity situation the subscriptions are treated as a single pool and any school that is sharing the capacity can use those seats on a first come first served basis School Network Shared capacity has no effect on subscription usage a student uses a subscription seat in each school in which the student logs in and works in the product Students Enrolled in Multiple Schools Students may be enrolled in more than one school and may use the same product in each school These students will be counted toward the capacity limit for each school where they use a product for example if they take an Accelerated Reader quiz or a STAR test Viewing Subscriptions and Capacity Follow these steps to see your product subscriptions including subscription Who Ca
329. sessments sorting the results in either ascending or descending order Shows student achievement for up to five products subjects score categories and reporting periods Compares student achievement on up to seven reporting periods for Accelerated Maths or Accelerated Reader How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Shows students comprehension of maths objectives in Accelerated Maths or results of reading practice in Accelerated Reader for one reporting period How to read implementation reports Maths Reading Summarises one student s work in all Renaissance Learning products and optionally compares that student s work with other students in the same class and year Score Definitions B i ADOBE READER 3 On the next page choose the students you wish to include in the report Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students rting Steps Report Implementation Status Report Reporting p 1 Students K 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default x OR Create New or Edit Selected a Subject c Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Eastbourne School Select O Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan Chelsea D Select Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select gt Ifyou want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics years or students who were enrolled in the sch
330. sonnel identify the school year Edit School Year gt To change the start and end dates vescription 20122013 amp you can either type in a new dates in Start Date 01 08 2012 each field or click the calendar button endoste 34 07 2013 and click the date in the calendar that opens up The dates must not overlap other school years 5 Click Update 6 Ifthe change in the school year dates affects marking periods non teaching days or targets the page will notify you A list at the bottom of the page will tell you what will happen to the affected items if you save your school year changes ug Click Review for marking periods or non teaching days to see the items affected with their dates and schools You can use this information to decide whether to save the changes Click Done to go back to the school year changes If you are sure you want to make the school year date changes click Save Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Edit School Year Edit School Year Description 2012 2013 Start Date 01 10 2012 EH End Date 31 07 2013 Current School Year Dates 2012 2013 01 08 2012 31 07 2013 New School Year Dates 2012 2013 01 10 2012 31 07 2013 Your new school year dates have not been saved Review the information below and click Save to complete the changes 2 Marking Periods with dates outside the new school year will be updated Review Mana
331. ssa Burns a school Renaissance Academy Un assign Head of Department O M gt Click Assign Cancel Save O next to a School List school to Eastbourne School Assign O r Renaissance Academy Assign assign the person to that school Personnel can be assigned to more than one school When the school appears in the list at the top of the page use the drop down list to choose the person s position at the school gt Ifyou want to keep the person s school assignment the same but change the person s position at the school choose a different position from the drop down list 3 Click Save 75 Managing Personnel Editing School Network Personnel Assignments School Administrators Click one of these links on the View Personnel page Only one of the two will be available You cannot assign personnel to your school because you can only search for personnel assigned to your school gt Click Un assign from School to remove the person from your school This link is available if the person is currently assigned to your school Then click OK to confirm that you want to do this gt Click Activate Personnel Record in this School to assign an inactive or un assigned person to your school If the person was assigned to your school before click Reactivate Personnel Record instead Editing School Network Personnel Assignments By following the steps below the program school network administrator can Who Can Do
332. ssance Place products that you have purchased You can also customise the capabilities that each group of users has customise login and security settings and set data editing restrictions Renaissance Place includes reports that help you analyse how your students are performing in more than one of your products Your Renaissance Place links are listed under the products on the Home page the Summary Dashboard and Consolidated Reports are under Dashboards and Reporting Logging In x Usernames and 7 IZ passwords are not case sensitive but if your CAPS LOCK is engaged symbols could be substituted for numbers causing the software not to recognise the user name or password Welcome to Renaissance Place Logging In Use these instructions to log in to Renaissance Place and access the Renaissance Place software 1 2 In your web browser go to your address URL for Renaissance Place On the Renaissance Place welcome page click I am a Teacher Administrator Enter your user name and password Note You may be able to use the Forgot Your User Name or Password link if you have forgotten your user name see page 68 or password see page 67 RENAISSANCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Software Manual Teacher Administrator User Name Password Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name or Password Knowledge Base 7 4 Click Log In You will go to the Home page Note If the Login Settings page opens one of
333. ssessment Required for Reception Baseline Assessment None Specified K Language None Specified User must change password at next login Cancel Save Save and Add The user name and password are used to log in They cannot be the same If you do not enter a user name the program will generate one Give each student his or her user name and password Ifyou do not see a School drop down list the student will be assigned to your school For school administrators assigned to more than one school the student will be added to the school you have chosen in the drop down list on your Home page see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 In the Year drop down list N means Nursery and R means Reception The Unique Pupil Number is a global number defined by the Department of Education that follows the student throughout his or her educational career The Start Date is the date the student entered Reception If you tick the User must change password at next login box this student will be required to change his or her password next time he or she logs in see page 32 20 When you click Save IZ after adding the last r student you will go to the Student Information page You can click the tabs on that page to edit other information for the student such as characteristics or enrolment Adding Courses Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Networ
334. strators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Use this procedure to edit multiple student records at one time Although you cannot change all information for the students you can do the following gt Add or remove characteristics Increase or decrease the year by one Change the password Require the students to change their password the next time they log in to Renaissance Place Permanently remove students and their records school network personnel only 102 x School personnel can W only search for students in their own school The Renaissance Place administrator and any school network user can search for students in any school School administrators who are assigned to more than one school should choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose which school to work with see page 6 before going to the Edit Multiple Students page Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Multiple Students Follow these steps to edit multiple student records 1 2 3 On the Home page click Users Click Edit Multiple Students on the Personnel and Students page On the Edit Multiple Students page enter or select the search criteria for the students whose records you want to edit Then click Search Renaissan
335. strators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x School personnel MPX cannot search for students outside of their school If you area school administrator you can only assign characteristics to students in your school If you are assigned to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page before following these steps see page 6 Characteristics allow you to include students in groups that you want to focus onin reports such as gifted talented students or students with special needs Follow these steps to change the characteristics if any assigned to a specific student You can edit characteristics only for students who are enrolled ina school see page 92 School administrators can only change characteristics for students enrolled in their own school If you want to assign other characteristics that you do not see in the list see Adding Student Characteristics on page 99 If you want to assign characteristics for a group of students instead of just one see Editing Multiple Students on page 102 To change the student s personal information instead the student s name for example see page 95 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page To find the student who needs changes to his or her characteristics enter and or se
336. t In the Im port row choose Select the student option for the data that you would like to import School Eastbourne School whether to import all students or import options student to select the students to import All Studen gt In the Merge Students with Import ARA matching row choose what Merge Students First Middle and Last Name z ar with matching Student ID and Last Nam matching criteria should be used New Students Import as New Students to see if a student being no match found Do Not Import imported matches one already in Cancel Next gt Renaissance Place either first middle and last name or Student ID and last name Note Graduation date is automatically part of the matching criteria gt Inthe New Students no match found row choose what Renaissance Place will do if a student whose information is being imported does not match one in the database already the student can either be imported as a new student or not imported at all When you have made your selections click Next gt 8 If you choose to select the students you Renaissance Place Rea Time want to im port the Select Students for Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students i Select Students for Import Import page will open All students are Select the students to be imported i School Eastbou School selected ticked by default Remove the ce ec a tick mark from the boxes next to stu
337. t Last Name Roberts 369 3 Year 3 Student Middle Name 4 m o Student Password SZ af Student Region ID m r Preview Student User Name ay A Student Year Pea Renaissance Place Software Manual 186 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files If the data in the column needs to be identified or if the program has sie The column incorrectly identified the data use the drop down list to choose the correct W validation results will identification The list shows only the kinds of data that can be imported Paved Scr l DAr dt tne into Renaissance Place If the data in a column is not one of these types bottom if the table is too wide g to fit on the page choose Ignore this column from the drop down list The import cannot proceed until the data columns have been identified an error message will stop you if there are still columns that require identification Unidentified Columns A 2 columns need to be identified If they are not currently visible onscreen scroll horizontally to view them 9 Click Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 187 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 10 On the Data to Import page choose the types of information that you want to include in the import The types of information that are present in the file will automatically be se
338. t will be listed once for each school and will be marked with an asterisk be sure to choose the student at the location where you want to assign characteristics Characteristics are assigned for specific schools 98 Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Click gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also click gt to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page 6 You will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Click the Characteristics tab 7 Tick the box by each characteristic you want to assign to this student The characteristics apply only at the school that is listed Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Student Information View and edit student details Student Barnes Grace Cancel Save Details Characteristics School Enrolment Class Enrolment Grace Barnes at Eastbourne schol Dyslexic C English as Additional Language EAL Free School Meals Gifted And Talented Learning Difficulties Physical Disabilities Special Educational Needs Cancel 8 When you have finished click Save to save your changes or click another tab to make changes to the student s information class enrolment or school enrolment before saving If you do n
339. ta Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Review the information shown on the Review and start import page The name of the file and the person importing it will be shown in the left hand column The centre column shows the school where the data will be imported along with a summary of the data The Status column on the right will indicate if the import is ready to begin This is your last opportunity to change anything before starting the import click lt Back if you need to return to any earlier stage of the process Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students Import Wizard Follow the steps below Import File CSV Import UK with S Codes csv Review and start import Import File Uploaded by CSV Import csv ADMINISTRATOR USER Gara Check Rows Check aus Select Data creat Review Start Import v Tips and examples Enrolment school Import data Status Cameron School Ready to import Students 11 Personnel 1 Classes 1 Student enrolments 11 Teachers assigned to classes 1 lt Back Start this Import 15 Click Start this Import 16 Fora brief moment Scheduled may appear in the Status column before the import actually begins If you wish to cancel the import click Cancel this Import Import Status School E P Primary School v School Year 2009 2010 v Import File Enrolment school Uploaded by Import data E P P
340. th S Codes csv Y e Row validation results Tips and examples One questionable row needs identification as the Header date to Import or an invalid row to Ignore CE One duplicate row set to Ignore Col 1 Col 2 Col 3 Col 4 Col 5 1 Header y SLast SFirst Course Class TFirst 5 Header F 2 Import Alden Molly Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna Ignore 3 Brown Mary Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 4 Campbell John Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 5 Davies Edward Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 6 Davies Sophie Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 7 Jones Jordan Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 8 Jones Ryan Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 9 Jones Ryan Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 10 Jones Courtney Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 11 Middleton Charles Year 2 Math Walters G2M Anna 4 m Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows Cancel Save and Exit lt Back l Next gt Based on the validation results one or more of the following messages may appear above the table gt X row s removed One or more rows in the file have no data in them or have too many columns these rows have been removed they will not be imported though they are still in the file gt Xinvalid row s set to Ignore One or more rows in the file have data but the data is invalid For example the row might have too many too few items in it compared to the others These rows will be ignored during the import Note If your file uses mixed delimiters tabs and commas see Delimit
341. that you want to see Things to note gt If you want to print the information on a tab click Print Page on the right if you have more than 50 results note that only the ones you are viewing now will be printed On the Passwords tab you can also view a PDF and choose how to group and sort the list see page 86 gt Students who are in more than one school are listed once for each of their schools and are marked with an asterisk 84 Managing Students Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information gt Ifyou have the capabilities required to change student information you can click student names to change their information The names are not links if you do not have those capabilities The Class Enrolment tab includes the course and class names all assigned teachers for each class and the products that the class can use For more information about the Passwords tab see page 86 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out A Live Chat Support Unavailable 129 Students Barnes Grace School All Schools Year 5 Class Students Enrolled in Any Class First Name All j Last Name All ID All User Name All Class Enrolment Q Passwords Blackwell a0 Ib E P Primary School Blackwell
342. the previously featured items can be seen For each topic you can click Learn more to get more in depth information about that feature When you log in to Renaissance Place you will see an Alerts Alert area on the bottom of the Home You have no Alerts now but check here often for important product page Youmayseeoneormore alerts depending on your role There are three types of alerts gt General product information O Inform you of new product features or other changes to your software For example if the server hosting Renaissance Place for you will be undergoing maintenance you would be notified in an alert gt Action necessary A You must take specific action in the software For example if your product subscription is going to expire in the next 30 90 days this type of alert will remind you to renew it gt Immediate attention Q You must take immediate action For example if the terms of the Renaissance Place Licence Agreement change you will need to agree to the new terms before you can use the software Alerts will have whatever links are necessary for you to take action view more information or dismiss the alert Some alerts require special attention gt Licence agreement alerts School network administrators and school administrators will be presented with a notice that they must view and accept the terms of the Renaissance Place Licence Agreement They will be provided with a link
343. ths Subject Leader Occupational Therapist Other School Staff Physiotherapist Reading Specialist School Secretary School Nurse Science Subject Leader SENCO Social Worker Speech Therapist Teaching Assistant Renaissance Place User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Renaissance Place User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Renaissance User can edit course and class information Place 6 To exit this page click lt Back Editing Default Capabilities for New Users in a Group Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following the steps below you are changing the default capabilities for a user group Your changes will affect new users who will be added to the group in the future but not existing users who are already in the database To change capabilities for existing users see page 57 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Define User Capabilities on the Product Administration page 55 x Ifyou are a school W administrator assigned to more than one school you are editing capabilities for the role you chose on your Home page To choose a different school see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissa
344. ting Students on page 109 Renaissance Place Software Manual 217 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Ifyou need help preparing or importing your file please contact Renaissance Learning by chat see page 10 phone or email answers renlearn co uk r Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you begin importing information using Renaissance Place Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files on page 182 we strongly recommend that you examine the files to make sure the data is formatted properly and that there are no errors which could cause problems during the import The following pages outline the features a file needs to have in order to be a valid import file There are 23 types of data that can be included in an import file These 23 types of data fall into three categories student data personnel data and class data YY vY vY vY vY vY vY V V V v yY Student Data Personnel Data Class Data Student Birthdate gt Personnel First Name gt Class Name Student Characteristics Personnel Gender or Section Number Student Ethnicity gt Personnel Last Name gt Class Subject Student First Name gt Personnel Middle Name gt Course Name Student Gender gt Personnel Password Student Year gt Personnel Position Student ID gt Personnel Region ID Student Language gt Personnel User Name Student Last Name Student Middle Name Student Password Stude
345. to add the characteristic to all the schools in the school network 4 Click Add Characteristic Renaissance Place Real Time of you r new Home gt Personnel and Students gt Manage Student Characteristics gt Add Student Characteristics P Add Student Characteristics characteristic Add a new student characteristic a nd cli ck Add School All Schools The new Add Characteristic J Part i characteristic aca det i English as Additional Language EAL will be added to Done Add Free School Meals Gifted And Talented the list on the right To add more characteristics repeat this step Learning Difficulties Physical Disabilities Special Educational Needs Transfer Student 6 Click Done when you have finished adding characteristics Editing Student Characteristics Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 x Ifyou are a school P administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 On the Manage Student Characteristics page you will see the characteristics for the school you select Renaissance Place Software Manual You can change the name of a st
346. to view the licence on the licence page they can choose to accept or not accept the agreement If an administrator level user does not accept the agreement within 30 days after the alert first appears the alert will appear on the Home pages Welcome to Renaissance Place Navigating the Software for school network staff school staff and teachers At least one user per site must agree to the licence agreement gt Subscription alerts When 90 days remain before your subscription runs out an action necessary alert appears to remind you This alert can be dismissed but it will reappear again when the subscription is down to 60 days then 30 then 15 when it will become an immediate attention alert During this time frame if your subscription is renewed Renaissance Learning will enter the new subscription code and this alert will not reappear until 90 days prior to the end date of the new code next year gt School year alerts School network administrators and school network staff will see an alert if a school year has ended and no new school year has been added yet The alert will remain until you add the next school year Navigating the Software Renaissance Place Software Manual The navigation bar at the top of each page shows you where you are in the software as shown here i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Existing Users Capabilities
347. tomisable Progress Report gt Options Available When You Print the Report Select the school network a school teacher or class gt Select up to two products to include gt Select up to two subjects gt Select up to two score categories certain products have multiple scores to choose from Select two reporting periods for each score category Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position Choose to show results as means or medians Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is ticked by default Description The Customisable Progress Report compares student achievement in one or two products You choose the score type and two reporting periods to compare Note When displaying data by year if the reporting periods are not all from the same school year students will be included in their current year as of the most recent reporting period displayed To find out how to print this report see page 155 Renaissance Place Software Manual 149 Managing Consolidated Reports Report Descriptions Report Name Customisable Ranking Report Options Available When You Print the Report Select the school network a school teacher or class gt Select up to three products to include gt Select up to three subjects gt Select up to three score categories some products or sources have multiple scores to
348. ts click Delete to continue The next page will confirm that the chosen record has been deleted Click Done if you have finished merging student records If you want to merge other records click Merge Again gt Ifyou chose to keep both records click Keep Both to continue If there are more merge candidates you will be taken to the Merge Students Merge Candidates page If there are no more merge candidates you will be taken to the Merge Students Student Search page Renaissance Place Software Manual 91 Managing Students Editing Students School Enrolment Editing Students School Enrolment The steps that you need to follow to change students school enrolment depend on the number of students involved School Enrolment Single Student Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff LI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 i Renaissance Place Real Time Note If you are a school administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with You can only un enrol students in the school you select For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 On the Home page click Users 2 Click View Students on the Personnel and Students page 3 Find the student
349. ts as Mean average Median middle number Print Report Options V Print selected report options on the report When the report is ready it is displayed in a separate window or tab If it opens in Adobe Reader to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom centre of the document or press F8 174 School to Home Report Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports The School to Home Report summarises one student s work in registered Renaissance Place products that are available You can choose to compare the student s work with other students in the same class and year You can print this report for all Renaissance Place products To choose the options for the report and generate it follow these steps 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting click Consolidated Reports 2 Click School to Home Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports Return to Home Consolidated Reports Reporting Periods Select a Report View
350. ts in a single class taught by a specific teacher click the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt To select all the students in a class click Classes and then click Select at the end of a row for a class Tick the box next to up to three Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report The products that are available for the report are listed After choosing the products and or sources click Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 3 Reporting Steps Report Customisable Ranking Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default N Report Options a Source bject Installed Products e Layout G al E Accelerated Maths 3 Print Confirmation E Accelerated Reader S STAR Early Literacy C STAR Maths star Reading Next you will see that the program has ticked the box next to the subject for each product you chose Since the products only address one subject the tick mark cannot be removed Click Next gt Renaissance Place Rea
351. tudent Data 13 New student s created Summary 0 Existing student s updated 1 Merge Candidate s Import Finished Bone Heras Candas File C Exports AMUKYear3CMorgan0912 xmidata School Eastbourne School Import 13 student s selected Merge Students Match by First Middle and Last Name New Students Create new students when no match found If during the import Renaissance Place finds students whose information is similar but does not meet the matching criteria chosen in step 7 a new student record will be created and the summary will show it as a Merge Candidate To view these records and decide whether or not to merge them click Merge Candidates and go to step 6 on page 90 under Merging Student Records 11 Click Done 181 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files File Preparation x Ifyou need help K preparing or importing your file please contact Renaissance Learning by chat see page 10 phone or email answers renlearn co uk Starting the Import Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you begin importing your data gt Ifyou will be creating a new file c
352. tudents Merging Student Records b When the list opens to save or print it use the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom center of the document or press F8 Merging Student Records Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual At times especially after you have imported students into your database see Managing Data Imports on page 179 you may find that you have duplicate student records You can use the student merge feature to merge the two records or delete one of them after verifying that they are truly duplicates Follow these steps to compare and merge duplicate student records 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Merge Student Records under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel and Students page Note If there are already merge candidates resulting from an RP or RDT import the Merge Students Merge Candidates page will open when you click Merge Student Records skip ahead to step 5 88 Managing Students Merging Student Records 3 Use the Merge Students Student Search page to search for the duplicate student records you
353. turn to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Source b Reporting Period 3 Print Confirmation Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 1 Select Students Report School to Home Report Eastbourne School selec Channing Elise Select James Michael Select Morgan chelsea selec Scott Christina Select Thompson Liam Select gt Click Select at the end of the row for the school to include all students in the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want gt To select all the students in a single class taught by a specific teacher click the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish 175 x Sample report On the W left side of most pages in this procedure you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample click the report D x Ifyou need to go back IZ atany point during this procedure you can click lt Back or click one of the steps on the left side of the page D Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt You can also select all the students in a class by cli
354. turn to Reports 2d Select 2 Reporting Periods for each Score Category Reporting Steps Report Customisable Progress Report 1 Students Students All students attending Eastbourne School 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source b Subject Cancel Next gt c Score 2 o Remy Jae Product STAR Maths 3 Print Confirmation Subjed Mathis Score Category Scaled Score SS Spring 2013 1 January 2013 30 June 2013 Fall 2012 1 August 2012 31 December 2012 Second Half of Year 1 February 2010 30 June 2010 m Fall 2010 8 January 2010 1 July 2011 Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Est Reading Age v Spring 2013 1 January 2013 30 June 2013 v Fall 2012 1 August 2012 31 December 2012 Second Half of Year 1 February 2010 30 June 2010 Fall 2010 8 January 2010 1 July 2011 Cancel lt Back Next gt 158 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 8 On the next page click the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Click the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Click Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Grouping Options Reporting Steps Report 1 Students Students 2 Report Options a S
355. two things has happened Either your administrator wants you to change your password for security reasons or you have not changed your password in a year and the software requires it Be sure to enter your email address and security questions on the Login Settings page see page 65 so that you can reset your password if you forget it see page 67 or retrieve a forgotten user name see page 68 Tour of the Home Page Each program used by your school is listed on the Home page Select a program to see links that allow you to go to specific program features For in depth explanations of its program features see each program s help or software manual If you have a Renaissance U icon you can select it to access professional development through self paced online tutorials and activities Accelerated Consolidated Reports The dashboards and reports give you a way to quickly get an overview of how your school s are performing Alerts A Cnpiration atic Rector sted ne oder satel ated Wasser wl er noen m yas unani net Yow Derai Sums Ei a a a a e Welcome to Renaissance Place Tour of the Home Page If you belong to more For help select the then than one user group or gt Select Help to open a help page are assigned to more related to the software page than one school use this you re viewing drop down list to change gt Select Manuals to access all the your role or to log out products software manu
356. u M Reading Young Readers ColtM Pollard 14 12 2002 2 M Hanae _ Steele F Maths Add It Up Yvonee Sims 13 04 20003 1 M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Share Kiayada Benson 07 09 2003 1 F Johnny Cantu M Reading Young Readers Martin Mann 13 10 2004 R M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Time Nyssa Howard 09 05 2002 2 F Alvin Beasley M Maths Productivity Chad Estes 22 10 2002 2 M Brent McKay M Maths Divide and Conquer Two of the headers are identical Gender above the fifth and eighth columns The student year SYear should be numerical like the others not an ordinal symbol A middle initial has been included with the student s first name SFirst The student s birthday SBirthday has an extra 0 in the year If the teacher Johnny Cantu TFirst and TLast is the same person as John Cantu in row then either John or Johnny should be used for both entries The name of the class Class has quotes around it all characters in a cell will be included in the import so make sure there are no unintentional punctuation marks or word spaces The teacher s first name and last name are in a merged cell The class name Class has a hard return before it this may cause a problem during the import The Same File After Preparation SFirst SLast SBirthday SYear SGender TFirst TLast TGende
357. u can also click gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place Software Manual 96 x You cannot change M the school the student is enrolled in from the Edit Student page See page 92 to enrol students in or un enrol them from schools x Ifyou change the M student s name and the student s name now matches the name of another student in the database you will be notified If you are a school network administrator or staff member you will have the chance to gt Keep the name change thus creating another student record with this name by clicking Add Student v Add the student who is already in the database to another school by clicking Add for that school gt Activate a previously deleted matching student record by clicking Activate gt Cancel without saving your changes for the student Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Students Information 6 You will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Change the student s information as needed Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students gt Student Information Student Information View and edit Student Cougar Carla Cancel Carla Cougar at School 2 First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name Barnes User Name Will be autogenerated if not entered Password C
358. ual To see a list of the capabilities that have been granted to a group of users or an individual user administrators must follow the same steps they would follow to change those capabilities For more information see these procedures To view or change the default capabilities that will be granted to new users that you add to each group see page 55 To view or change the capabilities for users who have already been added to the software see page 57 To view or change the capabilities for one person see page 73 54 Managing Capabilities Editing Default Capabilities for New Users in a Group How School Network Staff and School Staff View Capabilities for a Group Who Can Do This School Network Administrators M School Network Staff School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 D IZ one role in the software be sure to choose the role that you want to use on your Home page as described on page 6 The role you choose could determine the groups for which you can view capabilities Renaissance Place Real Time y Ifyou have more than Follow the steps below to view the default capabilities that have been given to a group of users If you want to view the capabilities that one person has see page 71 Note By following these steps you are viewing the default capabilities that are given to new users as they are added to the
359. ucts for more information Checklist for School Network Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff w If you want to use 2 I your Renaissance Place programs during summer school for tips see Knowledge Base article 7901571 at http support renlearn com techkb techkb 7901571e asp x You can also import W student personnel class and course information including updates to student enrolments and personnel assignments if you have a properly formatted file from another source such asa student information system For more information see page 144 Renaissance Place Software Manual Where to Find Task Instructions Add the new school year start and end dates must be Page 41 done by the Renaissance Place administrator or a school network staff member When the new school year begins it will be the year that all users are working in automatically when they log in Add the marking periods for each school used for targets Page 14 to add and reports You can also copy the marking periods from Page 45 to copy the previous school year If you copy last year s classes your class marking periods will also be copied so you do not need to add the marking periods Add the non teaching days during the school year for Page 16 to add each school used for report calculations You can also Page 48 to copy copy the non teaching days from the previous school year Set reporting periods
360. udent characteristic that you have added However you cannot change the names of the standard characteristics that the program includes automatically for all schools and you cannot change the name of the characteristics for schools that you are not assigned to Follow these steps to change the name of custom student characteristics 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel and Students page 3 The next page lists the characteristics and the school s each one has been added to Shared means the characteristic is used in more than one school In the Action column click Edit by the characteristic you want to change on the next page The link is not available for the standard characteristics 100 Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Manage Student Characteristics Manage Student Characteristics Use the links to add edit or delete a student characteristic Add Characteristic School AI Schoos E Dyslexic Shared Edit Delete English as Additional Language EAL Shared Edit De Free School Meals Shared Edit Gifted And Talented Shared Edit Learning Difficulties Shared Edit Physical Disabilities Shared Edit Special Educational Needs Shared Edit Delete Transfer Student Shared Edit Delete 4 Edit the characteristic name in the Name field on the Edit
361. umn below click Manuals in the upper right corner of any page in Renaissance Place On the Home page click then Manuals Where to Get More Task How to Start the Task Information Check for the Renaissance Place Click Check Software Page 26 downloads and third party software that you need on any new or updated computers that will be used with the Renaissance Place software Make sure that you check both teacher and student computers You must be logged in to each computer with the rights required to install software for all users Requirements on the Renaissance Place Welcome page on each computer Then click Downloads Make sure each computer that will be used with the Renaissance Place software has a shortcut or favorite set up that points to the current Renaissance Place address Follow the instructions for your computer s operating system and or browser If you are using AccelScan scanners with Accelerated Maths make sure they are connected to the computers where they will be used and make sure each of those computers has the AccelScan Scanning Software installed Using the cable provided connect each AccelScan to the computer where it will be used gt Accelerated Maths Software Manual gt AccelScan Setup If you will be using either NEO 2s or Renaissance Responders with Renaissance Place software Accelerated Maths Accelerated Reader KeyWords and or MathsFacts in a Flash make s
362. under Related Student Tasks 182 3 x For help creating or M preparing your file click the links to open a template or to see tips and examples x You can pause an W import at any time by clicking Save and Exit at the bottom of the page You can resume importing the file any time in the next 30 days see Resuming an Import on page 198 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files On the Select Import File page read the tips then click Browse or Choose file and select the file that you want to import Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Import Students Select Import File Use the Browse button to select the import file and then click Next To help you get started Files exported from other Renaissance Place sites do not need any preparation e For flat files delimited or Excel files make sure the file is formatted correctly View tips and examples to help you format the file and fix errors Errors could stop your information from being imported Download the template Requires Microsoft Excel When you are done select your file and select Next to continue Browse Cancel Next gt Click Next gt on the Select Import File page A progress window will open up while the import file is i cla ac aa validated examined for empty aS rows or rows with i
363. up The reporting parameter groups that you create in Renaissance Place are also available to you when you print reports for Renaissance Place products such as Accelerated Reader or STAR Maths The groups you create are not available to others using the software 147 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Reporting Parameter Groups i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2 3 Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Manuals Help Log Out Reporting Parameter Groups Create a new reporting parameter group or edit an existing one Edit an Existing Reporting Parameter Group Create New Group gt O Reporting Parameter Group aa O Reporting Parameter Group Name D Enrol Date E Include students enrolled before this date Ethniaty D White O Bangladeshi other Black sea Q Mixed Other Asian E Chinese Indian L Black Caribbean or West Indian Other E pakistani Black African E None Specified Gender select all L Female Male Un assigned deselect all Saunas L Arabic E Greek Cypriot m Spanish select all F A ai deselect all J Bengali L Hmong or Cambodian Tagalog or Pilipino F Chinese E Japanese E Turkish croatian Korean El urdu O Czech O Lao vietnamese I English E Malay E welsh French C Polish E Yoruba Gaelic A Punjabi o Yugoslavian
364. up to five reporting periods Then click Next gt to continue z f Renaissance Place Real Time Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options Source Subject Score Reporting Period Layout Group rint Confirmation b c gt d e Pi 3 Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2d Select Reporting Periods up to 5 Report Customisable Status Report Students All students attending Eastbourne School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product Accelerated Reader Subject Reading Score Category Average Percent Correct iV Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Product Accelerated Reader Subject Reading Score E ol Time Per i v Spring 2013 31 December 2012 30 June 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Est Reading Age 30 June 2013 31 December 2012 v Spring 2013 Autumn 2012 31 July 2012 31 December 2012 Cancel lt Back Next gt 167 Renaissance Place Software Manual 8 10 11 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports On the next page use the Layout Position drop down lists to choose the column order for the products you have chosen to include Then click Reorder Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt G
365. ure the Renaissance Receivers are connected to the correct computers Using the cable provided connect each Renaissance Receiver to the computer where it will be used Using the Renaissance Wireless Server Utility set the Network Name and set the Renaissance Place address if necessary gt Accelerated Maths Software Manual gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual gt KeyWords User Manual gt MathsFacts in a Flash Software Manual gt NEO User Manual If you will be using Accelerated Reader for iOS on the iPad iPhone or iPod touch or STAR for the iPad make sure gt The app is downloaded on each device gt You have established settings by connecting to Renaissance Place on one device then sharing those settings with all of the other devices gt You have added classes students and teachers to Renaissance Place You can get the app for each device in the app store To establish settings connect to Renaissance Place on one device then share those settings with all of the other devices gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual Note Students can also use Accelerated Reader ina web browser on iPad as they would use it ona computer Renaissance Place Software Manual 13 Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Marking Periods Defining Marking Periods Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators M School
366. ve caused a problem If you have not specifically installed popup blocking software it may have come with a browser toolbar you may have installed your browser or anti virus software Change the settings of your software or uninstall unwanted toolbars to prevent these problems For more information see http support renlearn com techkb techkb 4751376e asp Some links in the software have a yellow triangle with an exclamation point next to them or they are not available and a red circle with a line through it appears next to them This happens when your program administrator has set restrictions on which data can be changed i means this task is allowed but cautioned means this task is not allowed For more information on editing restrictions see Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference on page 208 Frequently Asked Questions FAQs How do I print students user names and passwords See page 86 How do I print personnel user names Renaissance Place Software Manual For all personnel you can see their user names by viewing the person s information see page 64 Personnel who have forgotten their user names can retrieve them if they have previously entered their email address on the Login Settings page and verified the address see page 68 They can also reset their password see page 67 Administrators cannot see personnel passwords but by editing personnel information they can reset them
367. w all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name m Last Name School All schools v Show Deactivated Un assigned Personnel Records Cancel Search Previous Next gt gt Burns Melissa School Network Secretary School Network Select Burns Melissa Renaissance Academy Head of Department Select O Cameron McKenzie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Clarey Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Harris Margaret Renaissance Academy Head Teacher Select Hurst Molly Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Mackenzie Melanie Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Marryat Maddison Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select Pratt Matilda Renaissance Academy Class Teacher Lead Select 4 Click Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Ifthe person is not assigned to the school network and you would like to do so click Assign to School Network The person will be assigned as a school network secretary You can change the person s position at that location by editing the person s information see page 70 If the person is already assigned to the school network and you would like to un assign the person click Un assign from School Network Deleting or Deactivating Personnel Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators LI School Staff
368. want to compare and merge Then click Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel and Students gt Merge Students Student Search Merge Students Student Search Select two students you wish to merge and select Compare Eliot Barnes elibar 03 09 2006 Male Remove Elliot Barnes 212 04 08 2007 Male Remove D x School personnel wer a G P cannot search for Compare students outside of their school If you area Search for Student school administrator and you First Name 1D need records merged with Last Name barnes Year All years z CA those in another school 5 Class All classes z contact your Renaissance te O Show Un enrolled Students Place administrator Barnes Eliot 1 elibar Cameron School Currently Enrolled Select Barnes Elliot 1 212 Cameron School Currently Enrolled Select You can enter all or part of a student s first and last name and ID and you can select the year School personnel and teachers can also select the class name You may not need to enter all information Tick the Show Un enrolled Students box if you want to include students who do not have an assigned school in the search results Un enrolled students may have no school assignments or they may have been deleted but not permanently If you are a school administrator or school staff member ticking 4 Inthe search results click Select for each of the records to add them to the list at the to
369. who needs changes to his or her school enrolment a If you want to find students who are not enrolled in a school now choose Students Not Enrolled in a School on the next page from the School drop down list Un enrolled students may have no school assignments or they may have been deleted but not permanently If the student who needs a change is already in a school you can choose All Schools or that student s current school instead b Enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You do not need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name c Click Search Home gt Personnel and Students gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students School All Schools First Name All Cancel Search ADMINISTRATOR USER School Network 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support O x Year 5 Class Students Enrolled in Any Class E Last Name All ID Al User Name All Class Enrolment Passwords Print Page 129 Students E 1of3 gt di D Sehool cowse Glasses Teacher Products Assigned Barnes Grace gb Eastbourne School Keyboarding Keyboarding I James James Michael KeyWords Year 5 Maths Y5M Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Maths Year 5 Reading YSR Morgan Morgan Chelsea Accelerated Reader STAR Reading Blackwell Lane Ib E P Pri
370. with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics years or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can select one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or click Create New or Edit Selected For more information see page 147 gt To select all the students in a school click Select in the row for the school If you have access to more than one school use the drop down list to choose the one you want 165 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports gt To select all the students in a single class taught by a specific teacher click the teacher s name then click Select at the end of the row for the class You will also see a drop down list allowing you to switch to a different teacher if you wish gt To select all the students in all classes taught by a specific teacher click Select at the end of a row for the teacher gt Toselect all the students in a class click Classes and then click Select at the end of a row for a class 4 Tick the box next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to x Ifyou need to go back z A Z at any point during include in the report You can choose up to five from the products listed this procedure you After choosing the products click Next gt can click lt Back or click one of the steps on the left side of the Home gt Reports gt Generate Report
371. word at next login The user name and password are used to log in They cannot be the same Be sure to give each person his or her new user name and password if you change them The primary position determines which tasks the user can perform in the software For more information see Managing Capabilities on page 53 If the person is assigned to a school and the school network any changes you make to the position will only apply to the location you chose when you selected the record from the search results f you tick this box this user must change his or her password next time he or she logs in see page 2 Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members Who Can Do This School Network Administrators M School Network Staff School Administrators VI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual The steps below describe how school network and school staff members who are not administrators or teachers can view one person s capabilities If you are an administrator you can view a person s capabilities by following the steps to edit the capabilities on page 73 Teachers cannot view personnel capabilities As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School staff members can only view capabilities for personnel in their own school You cannot view capabilities for a person
372. would be mwats2 her ID would be mwats3 Student Password All students without passwords will be given the same default password abc Personnel Personnel User Name The personnel member s first initial and entire last name are used If there Records are duplicates a number is added until a unique user name is found Example Ralph Jones would be rjones Rhonda Jones would be rjones2 Personnel ID Personnel member s user name is used for the ID Personnel Password Personnel members use their user names as the password the first time they log into Renaissance Place They will be asked to create a new password at that time File Structure Delimiters x Inthese examples is MP used character Data in Excel files xls or xlsx is arranged in a grid with one record per row and each row broken up into several columns Each cell in a row has a single piece of information in it and all the pieces in a row together compose a record In plain text txt and comma separated values csv files there are rows for torepresentatab the data but no columns In order to separate the pieces of informationina row from one another you need to have a delimiter after each piece either a tab or a comma The presence of a delimiter means this is the end of this piece of data another piece follows Multiple delimiters are equivalent to empty cells Adams 11 3 2001 Adams 11 3 01 or Adams
373. y as needed To unlock personnel accounts see page 80 to unlock student accounts see page 117 The default limit for login attempts is three By following these steps you can change this limit or choose to turn the limit off so accounts never become locked 1 On the Home page click Product Administration 2 Click Set Login Attempts Allowed under Access and Security on the Product Administration page 3 Inthe first drop down list choose the number of login attempts allowed for personnel 3 10 or choose Off if you do not want personnel accounts to ever be locked Note that this also sets the number of times that personnel can attempt to answer a security question when resetting their password for more information about resetting a forgotten password see page 67 4 Inthe second d rop down list Home gt Product Administration gt Set Login Attempts Allowed Set Login Attempts Allowed num ber of logi n Unlocking Accounts attempts All accounts are automatically unlocked at midnight each day e To manually unlock accounts go to the Personnel and Students page allowed for e School Network administrators can unlock any user account e School administrators can unlock accounts for users at their school Teachers can unlock accounts for students enrolled in their classes students or choose Off Personnel Login Attempts Allowed 5 Click Save to 5 pedis egret were Save you r Student Login Att
374. you can recover permanently removed students and their records see the next section Recovering Student Records Once those 30 days have passed the records cannot be recovered To apply the changes to the students you have chosen in the left hand list click Save If you have chosen to permanently remove students and their records you will be asked to confirm the permanent removal before proceeding Once the changes are complete a confirmation message will open telling you how many students were removed 104 Managing Students Recovering Student Records Recovering Student Records Who Can Do This M School Network Administrators M School Network Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual If students records have been permanently removed see the previous section Editing Multiple Students you can still recover them during a 30 day grace period Once this 30 day period has passed the records can no longer be recovered This procedure does not apply to students that have been deleted see page 114 1 Onthe Home page click Users 2 Click Recover Student Records on the Personnel and Students page 3 On the Recover Student Records page search for the student s whose records you want to restore You can enter any combination of first name last name ID and year To find all
375. you first start using the program and you cannot delete characteristics for schools that you are not assigned to If the characteristic you are deleting has been assigned to any students it will be removed from those students records when you delete it but only for the school s you are working with Follow these steps to delete custom student characteristics On the Home page click Users Click Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel and Students page The next page lists the characteristics and the school s each one has been added to Shared means that the characteristic is used by more than one school In the Action column click Delete by the custom characteristic you want to delete The link is not available for standard characteristics Click OK when the program asks if you are sure you want to delete Home gt Personnel and Students gt Manage Student Characteristics Manage Student Characteristics the characteristic Use the links to add edit or delete a student characteristic Add Characteristic School All Schools M Existing Characteristics Dyslexic English as Additional Language EAL Shared l l Free School Meals Shared l Gifted And Talented Shared I Learning Difficulties Shared Physical Disabilities Shared I Special Educational Needs Shared l Transfer Student Shared Edit Delete Done Editing Multiple Students Who Can Do This M School Network Admini

Renaissance Place Software Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents